1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1450 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or by the toolbar button
1462 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1468 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1471 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 and use the same menu to return to them.
1475 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1482 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1492 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1493 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1494 your last editing position.
1497 \begin_layout Subsection
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1510 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1511 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1512 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1513 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1514 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 LatexCommand formatted
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see
1523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1524 LatexCommand formatted
1525 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1530 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1803 there are completions available.
1804 You can then press the
1808 key to use this completion.
1809 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1810 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1811 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1826 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 by deselecting the option
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1850 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1851 To accept this proposal, use the
1860 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1861 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1869 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1876 \begin_layout Section
1878 \begin_inset Index idx
1881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 \begin_inset Index idx
1891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1956 LyX's default is CUA.
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1992 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1996 \begin_layout Labeling
1997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2001 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2002 LatexCommand nomenclature
2004 description "Tabulator key"
2010 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2011 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2029 , especially section
2030 \begin_inset space ~
2034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2036 reference "sub:Lists"
2042 If you're still confused, look in the
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Escape key"
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2072 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2086 \begin_inset space ~
2093 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2094 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are three modifier keys:
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2122 LatexCommand nomenclature
2124 description "Control key"
2128 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2129 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2133 \begin_layout Itemize
2142 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2145 \begin_layout Itemize
2154 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2157 \begin_layout Itemize
2166 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2170 \begin_layout Labeling
2171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Shift key"
2196 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2197 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2200 \begin_layout Labeling
2201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2220 LatexCommand nomenclature
2222 description "Alt or Meta key"
2226 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2227 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2228 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2234 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2236 menu accelerator keys
2239 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2240 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 For example, the sequence
2246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2256 \begin_inset space ~
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2310 manual lists all other things bound to the
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2320 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2321 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2322 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2323 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2324 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2325 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2327 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 followed by a capital
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 as explained in sec.
2362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2368 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2375 \begin_layout Chapter
2377 \begin_inset Index idx
2380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 \begin_layout Section
2391 \begin_inset Index idx
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 \begin_layout Subsection
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2409 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2410 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2411 numbering schemes, and so on.
2412 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2413 and format the title of your document differently.
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2421 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2422 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2423 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2424 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2425 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2428 \begin_layout Standard
2429 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2430 how to adjust their properties.
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2435 \begin_inset Index idx
2438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2447 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2455 You can select a class using the
2457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2462 \begin_inset Index idx
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Article for basic articles
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Report for basic reports
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Book for writing a book
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Letter for US-style letters
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2503 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2504 will include many of these.
2505 Here are some of the classes.
2506 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2508 Special Document Classes
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2533 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2534 There are three article layouts available.
2535 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2536 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2537 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2538 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2543 sequential numbering
2544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2547 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2548 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2549 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2550 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Beamer Layout for presentations
2557 \begin_layout Description
2558 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2559 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2567 \begin_layout Description
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2572 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Foils Used to make transparencies
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2585 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2589 \begin_layout Description
2590 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2591 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2604 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2605 (Is used by this document.)
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2629 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2631 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Slides Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2640 \begin_inset space ~
2643 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2644 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2654 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2660 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2661 of the document classes.
2664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2672 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2674 \begin_inset Index idx
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2695 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2697 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2702 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2703 and some of them, like
2707 , are highly specialized.
2708 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2709 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2711 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2712 by some document class.
2713 There are just too many of them.
2714 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2727 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2728 document class for a new file.
2729 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2734 Installing new LaTeX files
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 manual for information on how to install them.
2743 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2751 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2753 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2754 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2755 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2757 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2760 \begin_inset space ~
2767 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2779 \begin_inset Index idx
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2793 chosen document class.
2794 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2795 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2806 \begin_inset Index idx
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2822 always installed by default.
2823 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2824 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2825 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2826 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2827 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2828 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2829 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2832 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2840 Reconfiguration of LyX
2846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 Installing new LaTeX files
2850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2857 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2870 LyX will advise you about these things.
2878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2882 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2902 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2903 writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2905 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2907 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2908 What you want is LyX's
2909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2925 manual for information on how to use it.
2928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2932 \begin_layout Standard
2933 Each class has a default set of options.
2934 Here's a quick table describing them:
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2946 \begin_inset Tabular
2947 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2948 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3415 You're probably also wondering what
3416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3420 \begin_inset space ~
3424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3428 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3429 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3434 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3439 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3449 headings, there are also
3457 headings, and so on.
3458 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3459 \begin_inset space ~
3463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3465 reference "sub:Headings"
3472 \begin_layout Subsection
3474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3476 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3481 \begin_inset Index idx
3484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3493 \begin_inset Index idx
3496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3505 \begin_layout Standard
3506 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3519 \begin_inset space ~
3524 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3526 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3527 to use for your document.
3528 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3532 \begin_layout Standard
3539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3545 \begin_inset space ~
3550 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3551 You can choose between the following five options:
3554 \begin_layout Labeling
3555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3560 Use default page style of current class.
3563 \begin_layout Labeling
3564 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3569 No page numbers or headings.
3572 \begin_layout Labeling
3573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3581 \begin_layout Labeling
3582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3587 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3588 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3589 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3592 \begin_layout Labeling
3593 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3598 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3599 have the LaTeX-package
3604 \begin_inset Index idx
3607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3608 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3614 How they are defined is explained in section
3615 \begin_inset space ~
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3621 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3643 \begin_layout Subsection
3644 Paper Size and Orientation
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 Document ! Paper size
3655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3657 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 You find the following options in the menu
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3703 What size paper to print on.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 US letter, US legal, US executive
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 To choose whether to output as
3768 \begin_layout Labeling
3769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3779 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Paper margins are set in the menu
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3834 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3835 the paper format and the font size into account.
3838 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3848 That includes the paragraph environments.
3849 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3850 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3851 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3852 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3861 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3863 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3864 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3865 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Indentation
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3886 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3895 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3900 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3901 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3902 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3906 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3912 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3913 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3914 language than English.
3915 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3920 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3922 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3923 LyX takes care of that.
3924 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3926 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3927 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3928 of a page, and so on.
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3938 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3939 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3943 of these pre-coded spacings.
3944 We will explain more later.
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3948 Paragraph Separation
3949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3951 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3956 \begin_inset Index idx
3959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 Paragraph ! Separation
3968 \begin_layout Standard
3969 To separate paragraphs, select
3980 \begin_inset space ~
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3991 \begin_inset Index idx
3994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4000 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4003 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 \begin_layout Standard
4008 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4013 \begin_inset space ~
4018 dialog and toggle the
4021 \begin_inset space ~
4026 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4029 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4033 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4034 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4038 \begin_layout Standard
4039 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4040 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4043 \begin_layout Subsection
4045 \begin_inset Index idx
4048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4049 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4060 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4064 \begin_inset Index idx
4067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4076 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4079 \begin_inset space ~
4088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4089 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4094 \begin_inset Index idx
4097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4098 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4103 installed to use this feature.
4111 \begin_layout Section
4112 Paragraph Environments
4113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4115 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4120 \begin_inset Index idx
4123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4124 Paragraph ! Environments
4130 \begin_inset Index idx
4133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4134 Paragraph environments|(
4142 \begin_layout Subsection
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4147 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4169 \begin_inset Newline newline
4172 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4173 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4174 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4183 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4186 \begin_layout Standard
4187 A paragraph environment is simply a
4188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4195 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4196 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4197 scheme, labels, and so on.
4198 Additionally, you can
4199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4206 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4207 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4208 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4209 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4210 days of typewriters.
4211 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4213 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4216 \begin_layout Standard
4217 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4218 \begin_inset Graphics
4219 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4225 at the left end of the toolbar.
4226 LyX will change the environment of the
4230 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4231 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4232 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4245 create a new paragraph using the
4249 paragraph environment.
4251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4258 because if you are in one of these environments:
4261 \begin_layout Itemize
4267 \begin_layout Itemize
4273 \begin_layout Itemize
4279 \begin_layout Itemize
4285 \begin_layout Itemize
4291 \begin_layout Itemize
4297 \begin_layout Itemize
4303 \begin_layout Standard
4304 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4308 , rather than resetting it to
4313 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4314 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4315 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4316 \begin_inset space ~
4320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4322 reference "sec:Nesting"
4327 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4332 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4333 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4337 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4343 \begin_layout Subsection
4347 \begin_layout Standard
4348 The default paragraph environment is
4353 It creates a plain paragraph.
4354 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4355 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4356 this manual) are in the
4363 \begin_layout Standard
4364 You can nest a paragraph using the
4368 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4376 \begin_layout Subsection
4378 \begin_inset Index idx
4381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4400 for thanks or contact information.
4401 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4402 page along with today's date.
4403 For other types of documents, the title
4404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4411 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4430 Here's how you use them:
4433 \begin_layout Itemize
4434 Put the title of your document in the
4441 \begin_layout Itemize
4442 Put the author name in the
4449 \begin_layout Itemize
4450 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4451 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4457 Note that using this environment is optional.
4458 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4459 If you don't want any date, add the line
4460 \begin_inset Newline newline
4470 \begin_inset Newline newline
4473 to the preamble of your document (menu
4475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4481 \begin_layout Standard
4482 You can use footnotes to insert
4483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4490 or contact information.
4493 \begin_layout Subsection
4495 \begin_inset Index idx
4498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4515 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4516 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4525 Section headings ! Numbered
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4544 \begin_layout Enumerate
4550 \begin_layout Enumerate
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4562 \begin_layout Enumerate
4568 \begin_layout Enumerate
4574 \begin_layout Enumerate
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4582 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4583 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4588 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4589 You group the book into chapters.
4590 LyX does similar grouping:
4593 \begin_layout Itemize
4598 is divided in either
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4621 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 \begin_layout Itemize
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4678 Not all document types use the
4682 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4687 is the top-level heading.
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4700 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4701 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4703 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4717 \begin_inset Index idx
4720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4721 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 The unnumbered section headings have a
4731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4738 at the end of their name.
4739 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4740 the table of contents, see section
4741 \begin_inset space ~
4745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4755 Changing the Numbering
4756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4758 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4767 in the Table of Contents.
4768 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4770 Certain classes start with
4784 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4794 This is something you can change.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4806 \begin_inset Index idx
4809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4820 \begin_inset space ~
4824 \begin_inset space ~
4829 you'll see two counters.
4834 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4836 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4840 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4841 Short Titles of Headings
4842 \begin_inset Index idx
4845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 Section headings ! Short titles
4852 \begin_inset Argument
4855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4864 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4871 \begin_layout Standard
4872 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4873 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4874 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4875 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4878 \begin_layout Standard
4879 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4880 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4881 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4882 To specify a short title, use the menu
4884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4886 \begin_inset space ~
4892 This will insert a box labeled
4893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4908 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4909 This also works for captions inside floats.
4912 \begin_layout Standard
4913 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 The following information applies to all section headings:
4924 \begin_layout Itemize
4925 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4928 \begin_layout Itemize
4929 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4932 \begin_layout Itemize
4933 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4936 \begin_layout Itemize
4937 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4940 \begin_layout Subsection
4941 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4944 \begin_layout Standard
4945 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4959 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4960 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4961 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4962 the text they contain.
4963 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4971 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4974 \begin_layout Standard
4975 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4984 when you start a new paragraph.
4985 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4989 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4990 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4991 to change back to the
4995 environment yourself.
4998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5015 \begin_inset Index idx
5018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_layout Standard
5028 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5029 time for the differences.
5038 are identical except for one difference:
5042 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5051 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5054 \begin_layout Standard
5055 Here's an example of the
5068 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5070 See – no indentation!
5074 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5075 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5076 the other paragraph.
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 Here's another example, this time in the
5087 \begin_layout Quotation
5093 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5094 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5095 the first line, then
5099 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5103 you were quoting other text.
5106 \begin_layout Quotation
5107 Here's a new paragraph.
5108 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5109 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 As the examples show,
5117 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5118 They should put quotes in the
5123 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5127 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5136 \begin_inset Index idx
5139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5148 \begin_inset Index idx
5151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5172 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5178 \begin_inset Newline newline
5181 Which I did not rehearse!
5185 It could be much worse.
5186 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5188 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5189 indented a bit more than the first.
5190 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5196 \begin_inset Newline newline
5199 And make things look fine
5200 \begin_inset Newline newline
5206 arg "newline-insert newline"
5212 \begin_layout Standard
5217 does not indent both margins.
5218 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5219 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5226 arg "newline-insert newline"
5232 \begin_layout Subsection
5234 \begin_inset Index idx
5237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5253 \begin_layout Standard
5254 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5264 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5273 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5274 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5275 some general features of all four of them.
5278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5282 \begin_layout Standard
5283 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5285 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5294 reset the environment to
5298 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5299 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5300 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5304 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5307 to break paragraphs.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5312 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5314 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5315 you read all of section
5316 \begin_inset space ~
5320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5322 reference "sec:Nesting"
5330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5336 \begin_inset Index idx
5339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5355 \begin_layout Standard
5356 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5360 paragraph environment.
5361 It has the following properties:
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5369 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5373 \begin_layout Itemize
5374 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5379 The items can have any length.
5380 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5381 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5388 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 environment inside another
5397 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5406 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5409 \begin_layout Itemize
5411 \begin_inset space ~
5415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5417 reference "sec:Nesting"
5421 for a full explanation of nesting.
5425 \begin_layout Standard
5426 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5435 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5438 \begin_layout Standard
5439 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5440 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5443 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 The label for the first level
5448 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 The label for the second level is a dash.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5467 \begin_layout Itemize
5468 Back out to the third level.
5472 \begin_layout Itemize
5473 Back to the second level.
5477 \begin_layout Itemize
5478 Back to the outermost level.
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5482 These are the default labels for an
5487 You can customize these labels in the
5489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5492 dialog in the submenu
5499 \begin_inset Index idx
5502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5511 \begin_layout Standard
5512 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5513 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5515 \begin_inset space ~
5519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5521 reference "sec:Nesting"
5528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5534 \begin_inset Index idx
5537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5546 name "sec:Enumerate"
5553 \begin_layout Standard
5558 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5559 It has these properties:
5562 \begin_layout Enumerate
5563 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5567 \begin_layout Enumerate
5568 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5572 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5576 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 environment resets the counter to one.
5584 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 \begin_layout Enumerate
5598 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5599 Items can have any length.
5602 \begin_layout Enumerate
5603 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5606 \begin_layout Enumerate
5607 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5611 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5615 \begin_layout Standard
5624 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5625 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 The first level of an
5637 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Back to the third level
5666 \begin_layout Enumerate
5667 Back to the second level.
5671 \begin_layout Enumerate
5672 Back to the outermost level.
5675 \begin_layout Standard
5676 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5681 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5686 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 There is more to nesting
5695 environments than we've stated here.
5696 You should read section
5697 \begin_inset space ~
5701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5703 reference "sec:Nesting"
5707 to learn more about nesting.
5710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5716 \begin_inset Index idx
5719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5728 \begin_layout Standard
5729 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5733 list has no fixed label.
5734 Instead, LyX uses the first
5735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5742 of the first line as the label.
5746 \begin_layout Description
5747 Example: This is an example of the
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5759 \begin_layout Standard
5761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5768 it is meant that the first hit of the
5772 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5774 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5782 arg "space-insert protected"
5787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5790 \begin_inset space ~
5796 \begin_inset space ~
5800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5802 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5806 for more info.) Here is an example:
5809 \begin_layout Description
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5814 Example: This one shows how to use a
5817 \begin_inset space ~
5829 \begin_layout Description
5830 Usage: You should use the
5834 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5835 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5837 It's not a good idea to use a
5841 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5842 You're better off using
5854 paragraphs into them.
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Nesting: You can nest
5862 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5866 \begin_layout Standard
5867 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5868 them from the first line.
5871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5877 \begin_inset Index idx
5880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5889 \begin_layout Standard
5894 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5906 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5911 environment is named
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5932 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5933 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5936 \begin_layout Labeling
5937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5942 labels LyX uses the first
5943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5950 of each line as the item label.
5955 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5956 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5957 blank as described above.
5960 \begin_layout Labeling
5961 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5962 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5963 the body of the item text.
5964 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5965 label width plus a little extra space.
5969 \begin_layout Labeling
5970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5975 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5977 If the label width is larger, the label
5978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5985 into the first line.
5986 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5987 margin of the rest of the item text.
5990 \begin_layout Labeling
5991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5993 \begin_inset space ~
5996 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6001 environment have the same left margin.
6002 \begin_inset Newline newline
6005 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6008 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6010 \begin_inset space ~
6019 \begin_inset space ~
6024 determines the default label width.
6025 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6034 multiple times instead.
6035 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6044 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 every time you alter a label in a
6057 \begin_inset Newline newline
6060 The predefined default width is the length of
6061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6070 \begin_inset Newline newline
6074 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6082 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6083 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6091 \begin_layout Standard
6096 environment the same way like the
6100 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6106 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6115 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6117 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6119 \begin_inset space ~
6123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6125 reference "sec:Nesting"
6129 to learn about nesting.
6132 \begin_layout Standard
6133 There is yet another feature of the
6137 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6139 You can use additional
6143 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6148 are documented in section
6149 \begin_inset space ~
6153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6155 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6160 Here are some examples:
6161 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6167 \begin_layout Labeling
6168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6169 Left The default for
6176 \begin_layout Labeling
6177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6185 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6188 \begin_layout Labeling
6189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6190 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6194 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6201 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6204 \begin_layout Subsection
6206 \begin_inset Index idx
6209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6219 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6222 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6224 in the document settings.
6225 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6230 \begin_inset Index idx
6233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6234 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 Custom Enumerate Lists
6244 \begin_inset Index idx
6247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6248 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6258 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6264 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6265 There you add the command
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6277 in TeX Code (shortcut
6287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6288 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6289 \begin_inset space ~
6293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6295 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6308 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6315 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6316 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6329 For Arabic numerals use
6337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6344 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6359 \begin_layout Standard
6361 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6369 You can only number 26
6370 \begin_inset space ~
6373 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6383 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6386 \begin_layout Standard
6387 As example a list with custom numbering:
6390 \begin_layout Enumerate
6391 \begin_inset Argument
6394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 \begin_inset Argument
6424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6447 \begin_layout Enumerate
6452 \begin_layout Enumerate
6453 \begin_inset Argument
6456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6480 \begin_layout Enumerate
6481 \begin_inset Argument
6484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 \begin_layout Standard
6511 For this list these commands were used:
6514 \begin_layout Standard
6525 \begin_inset Newline newline
6533 \begin_inset Newline newline
6541 \begin_inset Newline newline
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6558 makes the label emphasized and
6567 \begin_layout Standard
6568 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6576 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6577 lists until you change the definition.
6585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6587 \begin_inset Index idx
6590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6591 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6599 \begin_layout Standard
6600 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6603 \begin_layout Enumerate
6604 \begin_inset Argument
6607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6626 \begin_inset Note Note
6629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6630 goes back to default numbering
6638 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 \begin_layout Standard
6646 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6656 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6657 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6660 \begin_layout Standard
6661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6669 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6677 \begin_layout Standard
6678 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6680 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6681 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6682 of a normal new enumeration.
6683 There insert the command
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6697 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6701 \begin_layout Enumerate
6705 \begin_layout Enumerate
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6713 \begin_layout Enumerate
6714 \begin_inset Argument
6717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6733 This enumeration starts at 4
6736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6738 \begin_inset Index idx
6741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6751 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6753 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6756 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 \begin_layout Itemize
6761 with standard spacing
6764 \begin_layout Standard
6765 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6767 There add the command
6771 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_inset Argument
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6797 \begin_layout Itemize
6801 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Standard
6806 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6812 \begin_inset Index idx
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6816 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6822 For more info see its documentation,
6823 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6832 \begin_layout Standard
6833 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6835 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6836 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6840 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6843 \begin_layout Enumerate
6844 \begin_inset Argument
6847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6855 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6868 \begin_layout Enumerate
6869 with negative indentation
6872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6873 Further Customization
6874 \begin_inset Index idx
6877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 \begin_layout Standard
6887 You can also change the style of description lists.
6891 \begin_layout Standard
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6898 changes the description label font, the command
6901 \begin_layout Standard
6907 \begin_layout Standard
6908 sets the list style.
6911 \begin_layout Standard
6912 An example where the command
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6920 itshape, style=nextline
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6927 \begin_layout Description
6929 \begin_inset space ~
6933 \begin_inset Argument
6936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6942 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6944 itshape, style=nextline
6954 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6955 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6959 \begin_layout Description
6961 \begin_inset space ~
6964 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6965 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6966 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6969 \begin_layout Standard
6970 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6976 \begin_inset Index idx
6979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6980 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6986 For more info see its documentation,
6987 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6996 \begin_layout Subsection
6998 \begin_inset Index idx
7001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7010 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7018 \begin_inset space ~
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7035 \begin_inset space ~
7041 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7042 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7043 In contrast, you can use the
7050 \begin_inset space ~
7055 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7056 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7061 Of course, you're not limited to using
7068 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_inset space ~
7082 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7083 some European academic papers.
7086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7090 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7102 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7103 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7107 \begin_inset space ~
7112 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7113 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7114 Here's an example of each:
7117 \begin_layout Right Address
7119 \begin_inset Newline newline
7123 \begin_inset Newline newline
7127 \begin_inset Newline newline
7130 When is it? What is today?
7133 \begin_layout Standard
7137 \begin_inset space ~
7143 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7144 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7145 Here's an example of the
7152 \begin_layout Address
7154 \begin_inset Newline newline
7157 Where do I send this
7158 \begin_inset Newline newline
7161 Your post office and country
7164 \begin_layout Standard
7165 As you can see, both
7172 \begin_inset space ~
7177 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7182 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7188 This makes sense, since
7196 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7197 Thus, you have to use
7204 arg "newline-insert newline"
7210 \begin_inset space ~
7213 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7215 \begin_inset space ~
7224 menu) to start a new line in an
7231 \begin_inset space ~
7239 \begin_layout Subsection
7243 \begin_layout Standard
7244 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7245 or list of references.
7246 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7253 \begin_inset Index idx
7256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7270 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7271 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7272 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7273 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7277 in anything else or vice versa.
7283 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7284 The book document classes ignores the
7288 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7292 in a letter document class.
7295 \begin_layout Standard
7300 environment does several things for you.
7301 First, it puts the centered label
7302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7310 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7312 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7313 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7314 the subsequent text.
7315 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7316 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7324 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7325 The new paragraph will still be in the
7330 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7331 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7334 \begin_layout Standard
7335 \begin_inset Float figure
7340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7342 \begin_inset Graphics
7343 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7351 \begin_inset Caption
7353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7377 \begin_layout Standard
7378 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7382 environment, but since this document is in the
7383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7390 class, we can't do this.
7391 We inserted it therefore as figure
7392 \begin_inset space ~
7396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7398 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7403 If you've never heard of an
7404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7411 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7420 \begin_inset Index idx
7423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7432 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7444 environment is used to list references.
7445 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7446 only use it at the end of the document.
7451 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7454 \begin_layout Standard
7455 When you first open a
7459 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7475 depending on the document class.
7476 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7477 Each paragraph of the
7481 environment is a bibliography entry.
7486 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7487 Each new paragraph is still in the
7494 \begin_layout Standard
7495 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7496 by using a BibTeX database.
7497 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7498 phy handling, have a look at in section
7499 \begin_inset space ~
7503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7505 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7512 \begin_layout Subsection
7516 \begin_inset Index idx
7519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7520 Paragraph ! LyX code
7526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7535 \begin_layout Standard
7540 environment is another LyX extension.
7541 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7546 key as a fixed whitespace;
7550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7562 \begin_inset space ~
7567 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7572 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7573 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7576 arg "newline-insert newline"
7593 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7594 So, when you finish using the
7598 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7599 Also, you can nest the
7603 environment inside of others.
7606 \begin_layout Standard
7607 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7610 \begin_layout Itemize
7614 arg "newline-insert newline"
7617 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7622 \begin_inset space \space{}
7632 arg "newline-insert newline"
7638 \begin_layout Itemize
7642 arg "newline-insert newline"
7653 \begin_layout Itemize
7658 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7665 \begin_layout Itemize
7669 arg "space-insert protected"
7676 \begin_layout Itemize
7677 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7678 You must put at least one
7682 in any line you want blank.
7683 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7686 \begin_layout Itemize
7687 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7691 since that will insert
7696 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7699 arg "self-insert \""
7705 \begin_layout Standard
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7726 printf("Hello World!
7731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7740 This is just the standard
7741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7757 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7758 rc-files, and so on.
7759 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7760 as if you used a typewriter.
7761 \begin_inset Index idx
7764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7765 Paragraph environments|)
7770 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7773 Program Code Listings
7778 \begin_inset space ~
7786 \begin_layout Section
7787 Nesting Environments
7788 \begin_inset Index idx
7791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7792 Nesting ! Environments
7798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7812 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7814 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7816 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7818 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7830 \begin_layout Enumerate
7834 \begin_layout Enumerate
7839 \begin_layout Enumerate
7843 \begin_layout Enumerate
7848 \begin_layout Enumerate
7852 \begin_layout Standard
7853 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7854 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7857 \begin_inset space ~
7861 \begin_inset space ~
7869 \begin_inset space ~
7873 \begin_inset space ~
7882 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7883 will tell you how far you are nested).
7884 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7887 arg "depth-increment"
7893 arg "depth-decrement"
7896 or the convenient key bindings
7907 arg "depth-increment"
7913 arg "depth-decrement"
7916 to change the nesting level.
7917 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7918 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7922 \begin_layout Standard
7923 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7924 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7925 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7926 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7930 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7931 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7933 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7936 \begin_layout Subsection
7937 What You Can and Can't Nest
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7941 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7942 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7946 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7947 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7948 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7951 \begin_layout Itemize
7952 Completely unnestable
7955 \begin_layout Itemize
7956 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7960 \begin_layout Itemize
7961 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7965 \begin_layout Standard
7966 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7967 environments have them:
7970 \begin_layout Description
7971 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7972 Can't nest into them.
7976 \begin_layout Itemize
7982 \begin_layout Itemize
7988 \begin_layout Itemize
7994 \begin_layout Itemize
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 \begin_layout Description
8009 \begin_inset space ~
8012 Nestable You can nest them.
8013 You can nest other things into them.
8017 \begin_layout Itemize
8023 \begin_layout Itemize
8029 \begin_layout Itemize
8035 \begin_layout Itemize
8041 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 \begin_layout Itemize
8053 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Itemize
8066 \begin_layout Description
8067 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8068 You can't nest anything into them.
8072 \begin_layout Itemize
8078 \begin_layout Itemize
8084 \begin_layout Itemize
8090 \begin_layout Itemize
8096 \begin_layout Itemize
8102 \begin_layout Itemize
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8114 \begin_layout Itemize
8120 \begin_layout Itemize
8126 \begin_layout Itemize
8132 \begin_layout Itemize
8138 \begin_layout Itemize
8144 \begin_layout Itemize
8150 \begin_layout Itemize
8154 \begin_inset space ~
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8167 \begin_layout Standard
8168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8176 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8185 \begin_inset space ~
8189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8193 \begin_inset space \space{}
8196 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8197 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8198 section headings violate this.
8206 \begin_layout Subsection
8207 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8208 \begin_inset Index idx
8211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8212 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8220 \begin_layout Standard
8221 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8222 affected by nesting anyhow.
8226 \begin_layout Itemize
8230 \begin_layout Itemize
8234 \begin_layout Itemize
8238 \begin_layout Standard
8240 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8248 Figures and tables in
8252 are not affected by this.
8257 Have a look at section
8258 \begin_inset space ~
8262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8264 reference "sec:Floats"
8268 for more information about
8275 \begin_layout Standard
8276 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8277 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8281 \begin_layout Standard
8282 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8290 of its own, it behaves just like a
8291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8298 paragraph environment.
8299 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8303 \begin_layout Standard
8304 Here's an example with a table:
8307 \begin_layout Enumerate
8312 \begin_layout Enumerate
8313 This is (a) and it's nested.
8317 \begin_layout Standard
8318 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8324 \begin_layout Standard
8326 \begin_inset Tabular
8327 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8328 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8414 \begin_layout Standard
8415 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8422 \begin_layout Enumerate
8424 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8428 \begin_layout Enumerate
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8433 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8436 \begin_layout Enumerate
8441 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 This is (a) and it's nested.
8446 \begin_layout Standard
8447 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8453 \begin_layout Standard
8455 \begin_inset Tabular
8456 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8457 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8544 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8550 \begin_layout Enumerate
8557 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8560 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 \begin_layout Standard
8565 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8569 \begin_layout Standard
8570 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8572 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8575 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 \begin_layout Enumerate
8581 This is (a) and it's nested.
8584 \begin_layout Standard
8585 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8593 \begin_inset Tabular
8594 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8595 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8681 \begin_layout Standard
8682 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8688 \begin_layout Enumerate
8690 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8698 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 \begin_layout Standard
8703 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8709 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8710 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8714 \begin_layout Subsection
8715 Usage and General Features
8718 \begin_layout Standard
8719 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8728 is the innermost possible depth.
8729 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8733 level #1 – outermost
8737 \begin_layout Enumerate
8742 \begin_layout Enumerate
8747 \begin_layout Enumerate
8752 \begin_layout Itemize
8757 \begin_layout Itemize
8766 \begin_layout Standard
8767 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8768 both of them in the example.
8769 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8779 For example, if we tried to nest another
8784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8791 , we would get errors.
8794 \begin_layout Subsection
8796 \begin_inset Index idx
8799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 \begin_layout Standard
8809 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8810 We have several examples of nested environments.
8811 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8815 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8816 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8819 \begin_layout Labeling
8820 \labelwidthstring MMM
8821 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8830 \begin_layout Labeling
8831 \labelwidthstring MMM
8832 #2-a This is level #2.
8833 We created it by using
8836 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8842 arg "depth-increment"
8849 \begin_layout Labeling
8850 \labelwidthstring MMM
8851 #3-a This is level #3.
8852 This time, we just hit
8859 arg "depth-increment"
8863 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8867 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8873 arg "depth-increment"
8880 \begin_layout Standard
8885 environment, nested inside of
8886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 So, it's at level #4.
8895 We did this by hitting
8898 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8904 arg "depth-increment"
8907 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8912 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8928 \begin_layout Standard
8933 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8936 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8942 \begin_layout Labeling
8943 \labelwidthstring MMM
8944 #4-a This is level #4.
8948 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8951 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8956 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8960 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8965 keep nesting things inside
8966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8977 \begin_layout Labeling
8978 \labelwidthstring MMM
8979 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8984 \begin_layout Labeling
8985 \labelwidthstring MMM
8986 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8987 and this is level #6.
8988 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8992 \begin_layout Labeling
8993 \labelwidthstring MMM
8994 #5-b Back to level #5.
8998 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9004 arg "depth-decrement"
9011 \begin_layout Labeling
9012 \labelwidthstring MMM
9016 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9022 arg "depth-decrement"
9025 , we're back at level #4.
9029 \begin_layout Labeling
9030 \labelwidthstring MMM
9031 #3-b Back to level #3.
9032 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9036 \begin_layout Labeling
9037 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 #2-b Back to level #2.
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9045 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9046 After this sentence, we'll hit
9050 and change the paragraph environment back to
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 We could have also used the
9074 environment in place of the
9079 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9083 Example 2: Inheritance
9086 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9087 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9090 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9099 arg "depth-increment"
9102 , after which, we'll change to the
9110 \begin_layout Enumerate
9115 environment, at level #2.
9118 \begin_layout Enumerate
9119 Notice how the nested
9123 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9127 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9131 \begin_layout Standard
9132 We ended this example by hitting
9137 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9141 and reset the nesting depth by using
9144 arg "depth-decrement"
9150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9151 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9160 \begin_inset Argument
9163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9164 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9172 \begin_layout Enumerate
9173 This is level #1, in an
9177 paragraph environment.
9178 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9182 \begin_layout Enumerate
9187 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9193 arg "depth-increment"
9197 Now, what happens if we nest an
9201 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9202 label be? An asterisk?
9206 \begin_layout Itemize
9216 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9217 So, its label is a bullet.
9218 (We got here by using
9221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9227 arg "depth-increment"
9230 , then changing the environment to
9238 \begin_layout Itemize
9239 Here's level #4, produced using
9242 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9248 arg "depth-increment"
9252 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9257 \begin_layout Enumerate
9258 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9260 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9265 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9269 , because we are in the
9278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9297 \begin_layout Enumerate
9302 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9303 type of numbering does LyX use?
9306 \begin_layout Enumerate
9307 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9310 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9313 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9316 \begin_layout Enumerate
9320 arg "depth-decrement"
9323 to decrease the depth after the next
9326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9333 \begin_layout Enumerate
9335 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9339 \begin_layout Enumerate
9341 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9342 numeral as the label.Why?
9345 \begin_layout Enumerate
9346 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9355 Notice, however, that LyX
9359 reset the counter for the label.
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9367 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9373 arg "depth-decrement"
9376 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9377 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9378 into the twofold-nested
9386 \begin_layout Enumerate
9387 The same thing happens if we do another
9390 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9396 arg "depth-decrement"
9399 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9408 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9422 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9428 The same rule applies for the
9432 environment, as well.
9435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9436 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9439 \begin_layout Enumerate
9440 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9441 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9442 same detail with how we did it.
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9459 arg "depth-increment"
9466 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9467 example in parentheses someplace.
9468 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9469 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9470 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9474 \begin_layout Enumerate
9479 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9484 Now we'll add verse.
9485 \begin_inset Newline newline
9488 It will get much worse.
9489 \begin_inset Newline newline
9499 arg "depth-increment"
9510 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9511 \begin_inset Newline newline
9514 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9515 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9535 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9543 \begin_inset Tabular
9544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9545 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9636 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9646 arg "depth-increment"
9652 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9662 arg "depth-decrement"
9669 \begin_layout Enumerate
9674 : level #1) This is another item.
9675 Note that selecting a
9679 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9680 3 times to put the table inside the
9688 \begin_layout Quotation
9689 We're now ending the
9693 list and changing to
9698 We're still at level #1.
9699 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9700 The next set of paragraphs is a
9701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9715 \begin_inset space ~
9720 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9724 for the letter body.
9728 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9731 to preserve the depth.
9732 Remember that you need to use
9735 arg "newline-insert newline"
9738 to create multiple lines inside the
9745 \begin_inset space ~
9755 \begin_layout Right Address
9757 \begin_inset Newline newline
9760 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9761 \begin_inset Newline newline
9767 \begin_layout Address
9769 \begin_inset space ~
9775 \begin_layout Quotation
9776 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9780 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9781 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9782 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9783 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9784 as soon as possible.
9785 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9788 \begin_layout Quotation
9789 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9790 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9791 with your order, along with payment.
9794 \begin_layout Quotation
9795 We thank you again for your patience.
9798 \begin_layout Address
9800 \begin_inset Newline newline
9807 \begin_layout Quotation
9808 That ends that example!
9811 \begin_layout Standard
9812 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9813 just a few keystrokes.
9814 We could have easily nested an
9835 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9838 \begin_layout Section
9839 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9840 \begin_inset Index idx
9843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9852 \begin_layout Standard
9853 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9854 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9855 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9856 be broken at the end of a line.
9857 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9861 \begin_layout Subsection
9863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9865 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9870 \begin_inset Index idx
9873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9885 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9889 Further documentation is given in section
9890 \begin_inset Newline newline
9894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9896 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9905 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9920 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9929 A protected space is set with
9931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9932 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9936 \begin_inset space ~
9946 arg "space-insert protected"
9952 \begin_layout Subsection
9954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9956 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9961 \begin_inset Index idx
9964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9965 Spacing ! Horizontal
9973 \begin_layout Standard
9974 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9977 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9981 The length units are listed in Appendix
9982 \begin_inset space ~
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9988 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9995 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9999 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 Spaces ! Inter-word
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10022 \begin_inset space \space{}
10025 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10026 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10027 \begin_inset space ~
10031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10033 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10038 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10039 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10042 arg "space-insert normal"
10048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10052 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10057 \begin_inset Index idx
10060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10069 \begin_layout Standard
10071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10078 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10087 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10088 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10089 inside abbreviations:
10092 \begin_layout Quote
10094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10098 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10101 \begin_layout Standard
10102 or between values and units.
10103 Compare for example this:
10104 \begin_inset Newline newline
10108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10112 \begin_inset Newline newline
10115 10 kg (normal space
10118 \begin_layout Standard
10119 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10122 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10124 \begin_inset space ~
10132 arg "space-insert thin"
10138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10142 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10149 \begin_layout Standard
10150 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10153 \begin_layout Description
10155 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_inset space ~
10162 space A line with a
10163 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10167 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10171 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10174 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10177 \begin_layout Description
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10191 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10199 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 em) space between the arrows.
10209 \begin_layout Description
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10223 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10227 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10231 \begin_inset space ~
10235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 em) space between the arrows.
10241 \begin_layout Description
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10255 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10259 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 em) space between the arrows.
10273 \begin_layout Description
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10283 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10288 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 cm space between the arrows.
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10306 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10310 lists the different space sizes.
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 \begin_inset Float table
10319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10321 \begin_inset Caption
10323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10326 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10330 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 \begin_inset Tabular
10341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10342 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10567 \begin_inset Index idx
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10580 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10581 in a uniform fashion.
10582 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10583 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10584 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10585 equally between themselves.
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10590 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10593 \begin_layout Quote
10595 This is on the left side
10596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10599 This is on the right
10602 \begin_layout Quote
10605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10615 \begin_layout Quote
10618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10632 \begin_layout Standard
10633 That was an example in the
10639 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10647 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10650 is one in a standard paragraph.
10651 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10655 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10662 \begin_inset space ~
10667 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10672 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10684 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10700 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10708 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10736 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10755 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10756 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10757 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10761 option in the space dialog.
10769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10773 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10778 \begin_inset Index idx
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10791 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10797 \begin_inset space \space{}
10800 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10807 What is correct English?:
10808 \begin_inset Newline newline
10812 \begin_inset Newline newline
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10819 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10820 \begin_inset Newline newline
10824 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10839 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10850 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10856 \begin_layout Standard
10857 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10877 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10891 \begin_inset space ~
10895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10898 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10907 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10908 That is why it is named
10909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10918 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10922 \begin_layout Subsection
10924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10926 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10931 \begin_inset Index idx
10934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10949 \begin_inset space ~
10955 There you find the following sizes:
10958 \begin_layout Standard
10971 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10976 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10982 \begin_inset Index idx
10985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10986 Document ! Settings
10991 for the paragraph separation.
10992 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11009 \begin_inset Index idx
11012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11019 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11021 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11022 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11031 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 s are described in section
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11047 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11056 If there are several
11060 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11061 You can therefore use
11065 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11068 \begin_layout Standard
11073 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11087 \begin_layout Standard
11088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11099 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11111 \begin_layout Subsection
11112 Paragraph Alignment
11115 \begin_layout Standard
11116 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11122 There are five possibilities:
11125 \begin_layout Itemize
11133 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11147 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11153 \begin_layout Itemize
11161 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11167 \begin_layout Itemize
11175 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11181 \begin_layout Itemize
11189 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11197 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11198 the left and right margins.
11199 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11204 This paragraph is right aligned,
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11209 this one is centered,
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11214 this one is left aligned.
11217 \begin_layout Subsection
11219 \begin_inset Index idx
11222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11223 Page breaks ! Forced
11229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11231 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11240 can force a page break where you want one.
11241 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11242 Only if you use a lot of
11246 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11249 \begin_layout Standard
11250 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11251 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11255 have to change the page breaking.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11261 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11264 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11272 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11275 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 \begin_inset space ~
11282 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11284 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11285 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11290 at the top of a page.
11291 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11292 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11293 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11294 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11298 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11302 to learn more about
11309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11313 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11318 \begin_inset Index idx
11321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 Page breaks ! Clear
11330 \begin_layout Standard
11331 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11332 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11333 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11334 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11335 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11350 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11355 \begin_inset space ~
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11364 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11365 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11368 \begin_layout Subsection
11370 \begin_inset Index idx
11373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11382 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11392 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11397 \begin_inset space ~
11401 \begin_inset space ~
11409 arg "newline-insert newline"
11413 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11416 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_inset space ~
11427 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11429 This is necessary to avoid
11430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11442 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11443 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11444 set a line break, e.
11445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11449 \begin_inset space \space{}
11452 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11459 reference "sec:Quote"
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11466 reference "sec:Verse"
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11473 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11480 \begin_layout Subsection
11482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11484 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11489 \begin_inset Index idx
11492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11501 \begin_layout Standard
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11514 \begin_layout Standard
11517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11520 \begin_inset space ~
11525 you can insert horizontal lines.
11526 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11527 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11528 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11533 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11544 \begin_layout Section
11545 Characters and Symbols
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11549 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11550 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11555 \begin_inset space \space{}
11558 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11566 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11570 for information on how this is done.
11573 \begin_layout Standard
11574 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11579 dialog via the menu
11581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11582 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11588 \begin_layout Standard
11589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11597 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11598 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11599 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11607 \begin_layout Section
11608 Fonts and Text Styles
11609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11611 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11618 \begin_layout Subsection
11620 \begin_inset Index idx
11623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11633 There are two types of fonts:
11636 \begin_layout Description
11638 \begin_inset space ~
11642 \begin_inset Index idx
11645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11651 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11656 characters) in the font.
11657 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11658 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11659 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11660 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11661 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11662 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11663 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11664 \begin_inset Newline newline
11667 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11668 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11669 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11670 sizes than at small ones.
11671 \begin_inset Newline newline
11685 \begin_inset space ~
11693 \begin_layout Description
11695 \begin_inset space ~
11699 \begin_inset Index idx
11702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11708 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11709 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11710 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11711 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11712 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11713 picture manipulation program.
11714 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11715 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11716 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11717 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11718 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11720 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11721 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11722 \begin_inset Newline newline
11725 Bitmap fonts are named
11728 \begin_inset space ~
11733 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11736 \begin_layout Standard
11737 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11738 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11739 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11740 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11741 use scalable fonts.
11744 \begin_layout Standard
11745 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11746 its document properties.
11749 \begin_layout Standard
11750 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11751 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11752 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11753 font to emphasize text, you use an
11754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11762 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11763 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11767 \begin_layout Subsection
11769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11771 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11779 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11780 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11781 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11783 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11784 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11785 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11786 to usual word processors.
11787 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11788 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11789 across different machines.
11790 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11791 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11793 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11795 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11801 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11806 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11807 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11813 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11814 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11815 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11816 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11817 that is installed on your system.
11818 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11821 \begin_layout Standard
11822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11830 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11831 es; so you might have to experiment.
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11848 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11849 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11857 \begin_layout Subsection
11858 Document Font and Font size
11859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11861 name "sub:Document-Font"
11866 \begin_inset Index idx
11869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_inset Index idx
11879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11888 \begin_layout Standard
11889 You can set the document fonts in the
11891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11895 \begin_inset Index idx
11898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11899 Document ! Settings
11909 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11910 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11913 \begin_inset space ~
11922 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11923 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11927 \begin_layout Standard
11934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11944 This requires that you use
11950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11989 as output format, i.
11990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11994 \begin_inset space ~
11997 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11998 \begin_inset space ~
12002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12004 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12009 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12011 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12013 \begin_inset space ~
12016 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12017 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12018 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12020 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12023 \begin_layout Standard
12024 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12029 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12034 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12035 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12042 \begin_inset space ~
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 European Computer Modern
12064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12083 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12084 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12089 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12097 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12103 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12104 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12107 \begin_layout Itemize
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12116 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12129 \begin_inset space ~
12134 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12138 as the default font.
12139 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12140 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12157 One difference is improved kerning.
12165 \begin_layout Itemize
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12173 \begin_inset space ~
12178 fonts in (the rare) case that
12181 \begin_inset space ~
12186 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12201 Virtual means that it
12202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12213 -glyphs from other fonts.
12214 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12236 Loading the LaTeX-package
12241 \begin_inset Index idx
12244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12245 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12250 with the document preamble line
12251 \begin_inset Newline newline
12258 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12259 \begin_inset Newline newline
12264 will fix the guillemet problem.
12269 and that accented characters are not
12273 glyph, but build of
12277 characters, the accent and the letter.
12278 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12284 If you search for example for the French word
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 and not for the glyph
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset space ~
12310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 \begin_layout Itemize
12317 If you do not like the look of
12325 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12330 \begin_inset space ~
12336 \begin_inset space ~
12346 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12350 serif and typewriter fonts
12354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12355 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12362 \begin_inset space ~
12371 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12376 \begin_inset space \space{}
12384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12388 \begin_inset space \space{}
12394 \begin_inset space ~
12402 \begin_inset space ~
12412 , but you can also select your own.
12413 \begin_inset Newline newline
12416 The differences between roman,
12419 \begin_inset space ~
12428 fonts are explained in section
12429 \begin_inset space ~
12433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12435 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12440 \begin_inset Newline newline
12446 \begin_inset space ~
12451 was originally designed for newspapers.
12452 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12453 into the small newspaper columns.
12457 \begin_inset space ~
12462 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12466 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12479 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12484 depends on the class you are using.
12485 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 Note that the font size is the
12494 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12495 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12496 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12505 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12512 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12524 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12526 \begin_inset space ~
12529 serif or typewriter.
12534 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12544 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12565 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12571 \begin_inset space ~
12575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12577 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12582 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12583 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12591 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12593 Use Old Style Figures
12597 Use True Small Caps
12600 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12603 Use Old Style Figures
12605 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12611 \begin_inset space ~
12614 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12617 Use True Small Caps
12619 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12620 of scaled capitals.
12621 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12622 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12625 \begin_layout Standard
12630 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12631 a font to display the script characters.
12635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12636 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12641 So this has no effect for the document language
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12670 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12674 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12675 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12676 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12678 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12681 dialog, see section
12682 \begin_inset space ~
12686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12688 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12700 \begin_layout Subsection
12701 Using Different Character Styles
12702 \begin_inset Index idx
12705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12712 \begin_inset Index idx
12715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12726 certain paragraph environments.
12727 LyX supports two character styles,
12736 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12745 style, do one of the following:
12748 \begin_layout Itemize
12749 click on the toolbar button
12758 \begin_layout Itemize
12759 use the key binding
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 These commands are all toggles.
12774 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 One typically uses the
12782 style for proper names.
12784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 is the original author of LyX.
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 A more widely used character style is the
12804 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12811 \begin_layout Itemize
12812 clicking on the toolbar button
12821 \begin_layout Itemize
12822 using the keybindings
12831 \begin_layout Standard
12836 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12837 es use a different font.
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 We've been using the
12845 style all over the place in this document.
12846 Here's one more example:
12849 \begin_layout Quotation
12852 Don't overuse character styles!
12855 \begin_layout Standard
12856 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12857 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12858 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12859 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12863 \begin_layout Standard
12864 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12872 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12874 \begin_inset space ~
12882 \begin_layout Subsection
12883 Fine-Tuning with the
12888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12890 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12895 \begin_inset Index idx
12898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12909 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12910 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12911 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12912 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12913 from ordinary dialog.
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12918 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12919 \begin_inset Newline newline
12922 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12923 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 To use custom character styles, open the
12929 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12931 \begin_inset space ~
12934 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12939 font property which you can choose.
12940 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12943 \begin_inset space ~
12948 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12953 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12954 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12955 environments in a snap.
12958 \begin_layout Standard
12959 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12962 \begin_inset space ~
12974 \begin_layout Labeling
12975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12989 The possible options are:
12993 \begin_layout Labeling
12994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12999 This is the Roman font family.
13000 Normally a serif font.
13001 It's also the default family.
13011 \begin_layout Labeling
13012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13016 \begin_inset space ~
13023 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13035 \begin_layout Labeling
13036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13043 This is the Typewriter font family.
13049 arg "font-typewriter"
13058 \begin_layout Labeling
13059 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13064 This corresponds to the print weight.
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13075 This is the Medium font series.
13076 It's also the default series.
13079 \begin_layout Labeling
13080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13087 This is the Bold font series.
13100 \begin_layout Labeling
13101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13106 As the name implies.
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13117 This is the Upright font shape.
13118 It's also the default shape.
13121 \begin_layout Labeling
13122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13136 s the Italic font shape
13142 \begin_layout Labeling
13143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13150 This is the Slanted font shape
13152 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13155 \begin_layout Labeling
13156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13160 \begin_inset space ~
13167 This is the Small caps font shape
13174 \begin_layout Labeling
13175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13180 Alters the size of the font.
13181 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13182 nal to the document font size.
13183 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13184 what you want to do.
13189 \begin_layout Labeling
13190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13211 arg "font-size tiny"
13217 \begin_layout Labeling
13218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13239 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13245 \begin_layout Labeling
13246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13267 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13273 \begin_layout Labeling
13274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13295 arg "font-size small"
13301 \begin_layout Labeling
13302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13316 It's also the default size.
13320 arg "font-size normal"
13326 \begin_layout Labeling
13327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13348 arg "font-size large"
13354 \begin_layout Labeling
13355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 arg "font-size larger"
13382 \begin_layout Labeling
13383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13404 arg "font-size largest"
13410 \begin_layout Labeling
13411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 arg "font-size huge"
13438 \begin_layout Labeling
13439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13460 arg "font-size giant"
13466 \begin_layout Labeling
13467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13472 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13492 arg "font-size increase"
13498 \begin_layout Labeling
13499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13504 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13524 arg "font-size decrease"
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13536 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13537 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13538 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13539 — use that instead.
13540 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13543 \begin_layout Labeling
13544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13549 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13554 \begin_layout Labeling
13555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13562 This is text with emphasize on
13565 This might seem like the same as
13569 , but it is actually a bit different.
13575 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13577 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13580 \begin_layout Labeling
13581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13588 This is text with Underbar on.
13594 arg "font-underline"
13600 \begin_inset Newline newline
13605 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13606 when you couldn't change fonts.
13607 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13608 It's only included in LyX because some people
13612 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13615 \begin_layout Labeling
13616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13620 \begin_inset space ~
13627 This is text with Double underbar on.
13633 arg "font-underunderline"
13637 \begin_inset Newline newline
13640 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13641 about double underbar.
13644 \begin_layout Labeling
13645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13649 \begin_inset space ~
13656 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13662 arg "font-underwave"
13666 \begin_inset Newline newline
13669 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13670 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13673 \begin_layout Labeling
13674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13681 This is text with Strikeout on.
13687 arg "font-strikeout"
13690 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13694 \begin_layout Labeling
13695 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13702 This is text with Noun on.
13709 , this is a logical attribute.
13710 Normally it's equivalent to
13713 \begin_inset space ~
13722 \begin_layout Labeling
13723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13728 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13729 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13733 \begin_inset space ~
13738 , which is the default
13739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13746 and means normally black, you can choose between
13779 \begin_inset Index idx
13782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13791 \begin_layout Labeling
13792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13798 the language of the document.
13799 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13803 \begin_layout Standard
13804 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13805 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13807 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13809 \begin_inset space ~
13814 dialog, the settings are saved.
13815 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13818 arg "textstyle-apply"
13822 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13835 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13836 (suppose you just set the shape to
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13855 \begin_inset space ~
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13876 \begin_inset space ~
13888 \begin_layout Itemize
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13919 \begin_inset Newline newline
13923 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13937 \begin_inset Note Note
13940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13941 For more on phantoms see section
13942 \begin_inset space ~
13946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13948 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13958 \begin_inset Newline newline
13964 \begin_layout Itemize
13969 fonts use characters with serifs.
13970 These are the small
13971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13978 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13979 The following example will show the difference:
13980 \begin_inset Newline newline
13984 \begin_inset Newline newline
13989 text without serifs
13992 \begin_inset Newline newline
13995 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13996 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14003 \begin_layout Itemize
14009 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14010 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14021 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14022 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14023 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14025 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14026 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14027 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14044 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14045 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14053 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14097 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14112 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14115 \begin_layout Section
14116 Printing and Previewing
14119 \begin_layout Subsection
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14125 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14126 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14127 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14128 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14130 Additional Features
14135 \begin_layout Standard
14136 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14137 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14138 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14139 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14140 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14141 This happens in two stages:
14144 \begin_layout Enumerate
14145 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14146 generating a file with the extension,
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14161 \begin_layout Enumerate
14162 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14166 file to produce printable output.
14170 \begin_layout Subsection
14171 Output file formats
14172 \begin_inset Index idx
14175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14184 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14192 Simple text (ASCII)
14193 \begin_inset Index idx
14196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14197 File formats ! ASCII
14205 \begin_layout Standard
14206 This file type has the extension
14207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14219 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14223 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14230 \begin_layout Standard
14231 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14233 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14234 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14236 \begin_inset space ~
14243 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14244 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14246 \begin_inset space ~
14250 \begin_inset space ~
14256 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14262 \begin_inset Index idx
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14266 File formats ! LaTeX
14274 \begin_layout Standard
14275 This file type has the extension
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14287 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14289 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14290 it manually with console commands.
14291 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14292 you view or export your document.
14295 \begin_layout Standard
14296 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14298 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14299 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14316 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14318 \begin_inset Index idx
14321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14330 \begin_layout Standard
14331 This file type has the extension
14332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14352 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14353 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14354 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14358 \begin_layout Standard
14359 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14360 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14361 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14362 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14364 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14367 \begin_layout Standard
14368 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14370 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14371 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14376 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14377 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14379 \begin_inset space ~
14386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14396 The latter option uses the program
14405 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14406 font access (see section
14407 \begin_inset space ~
14411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14413 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14418 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14424 \begin_inset Index idx
14427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14428 File formats ! PostScript
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 This file type has the extension
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 PostScript was developed by the company
14454 as a printer language.
14455 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14457 PostScript can be seen as a
14458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 programming language
14462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14465 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14470 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14476 \begin_inset Index idx
14479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14480 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14490 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 Encapsulated PostScript
14499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 (EPS, file extension
14503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14515 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14516 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14521 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14522 \begin_inset space ~
14525 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14526 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14527 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14528 EPS to avoid this problem.
14531 \begin_layout Standard
14532 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14534 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14535 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14543 \begin_inset Index idx
14546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14553 \begin_inset Index idx
14556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14565 \begin_layout Standard
14566 This file type has the extension
14567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 Portable Document Format
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14591 was derived from PostScript.
14592 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14602 looks exactly the same.
14605 \begin_layout Standard
14606 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14610 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 (JPG, file extension
14615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 Portable Network Graphics
14643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14646 (PNG, file extension
14647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14659 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14660 in the background to one of these formats.
14661 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14662 will slow down your workflow.
14663 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14669 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14672 in three different ways:
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 PDF This uses the program
14680 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14681 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14685 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14686 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14689 \begin_layout Description
14691 \begin_inset space ~
14694 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14698 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14702 \begin_layout Description
14704 \begin_inset space ~
14707 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14711 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14714 \begin_layout Description
14716 \begin_inset space ~
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14730 X) This uses the program
14734 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14739 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14740 font access (see section
14741 \begin_inset space ~
14745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14747 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14752 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14753 y written Japanese.
14756 \begin_layout Description
14758 \begin_inset space ~
14765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14772 X) This uses the program
14776 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14781 is an even newer engine, derived from
14785 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14786 access (see section
14787 \begin_inset space ~
14791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14793 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14798 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14803 We recommend to use
14806 \begin_inset space ~
14815 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14816 works without problems.
14817 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14818 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14822 \begin_inset space ~
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14841 \begin_inset space ~
14848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14857 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14867 \begin_inset Index idx
14870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14871 FileFormats ! XHTML
14877 \begin_inset Index idx
14880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 \begin_layout Standard
14890 This file type has the extension
14891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14903 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14904 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14905 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14906 suitable for the purpose.
14907 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14909 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14910 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14913 between different formats, that are described in section
14915 Math Output in XHTML
14920 \begin_inset space ~
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 XHTML output remains
14930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14937 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14940 LyX and the World Wide Web
14944 Additional Features
14946 manual, for more information.
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14950 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14952 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14953 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14959 \begin_layout Subsection
14961 \begin_inset Index idx
14964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14973 \begin_layout Standard
14974 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14975 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14984 or the toolbar button
14991 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14992 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14999 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15003 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15011 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15016 Further output formats can be selected via
15018 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15021 or the toolbar button
15022 \begin_inset Graphics
15023 filename ../images/view-others.png
15025 groupId toolbarbuttons
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15033 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15034 viewer window using the menu
15036 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15041 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15042 Update (Other Formats)
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15050 To have a real output, export your document.
15053 \begin_layout Subsection
15054 Printing the File from within LyX
15055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15057 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15064 \begin_layout Standard
15065 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15066 it directly from within LyX.
15067 To print a file, select the menu
15069 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15072 or click on the toolbar button
15075 arg "dialog-show print"
15079 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15080 This file is then processed by the program
15084 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15089 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15092 \begin_layout Standard
15093 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15094 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15095 printing one set to print on the other side.
15096 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15097 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15098 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15101 \begin_layout Standard
15102 You can set the parameters in the
15105 \begin_inset space ~
15113 \begin_layout Labeling
15114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15119 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15124 Note that this printer name is for the program
15133 has to be configured for this printer name.
15134 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15135 \begin_inset space ~
15139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15141 reference "sub:Printer"
15150 The printer should understand PostScript.
15153 \begin_layout Labeling
15154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15159 The name of a file to print to.
15160 The output will be a PostScript file.
15161 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15165 \begin_layout Section
15166 A few Words about Typography
15167 \begin_inset Index idx
15170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15179 \begin_layout Subsection
15181 \begin_inset Index idx
15184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15206 character comes in four lengths: the
15218 , and the minus sign:
15219 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15225 \begin_layout Standard
15226 \begin_inset Tabular
15227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15228 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15229 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15230 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15231 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15232 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15261 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15301 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15328 \begin_inset space ~
15331 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15338 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15365 \begin_inset space ~
15368 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15389 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15423 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15429 \begin_layout Standard
15430 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15442 character multiple times in a row.
15443 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15444 the final output, but not in LyX.
15446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15476 \begin_layout Standard
15477 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15478 math mode and has a length of its own.
15479 Here are some examples of the
15480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15494 \begin_layout Enumerate
15495 line- and page-breaks
15496 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15506 \begin_layout Enumerate
15508 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15518 \begin_layout Enumerate
15519 Oh — there's a dash.
15520 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15530 \begin_layout Enumerate
15531 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15535 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15545 \begin_layout Subsection
15547 \begin_inset Index idx
15550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15559 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15566 \begin_layout Standard
15567 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15568 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15573 \begin_inset Index idx
15576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15577 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15582 following the rules of the document language.
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15586 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15591 font and with unusual constructs, like
15592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15600 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15602 This is done with the menu
15604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15605 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15607 \begin_inset space ~
15613 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15614 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15617 \begin_layout Standard
15618 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15619 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15629 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15637 as a hyphenation possibility.
15638 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15639 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15640 as described in section
15641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15644 Prevent Hyphenation
15645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15651 \begin_inset space ~
15659 \begin_layout Subsection
15661 \begin_inset Index idx
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15674 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15677 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15685 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15686 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15687 LaTeX then adds the
15688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15691 appropriate amount of space
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15696 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15698 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15701 \begin_layout Standard
15702 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15703 not work in all cases.
15705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15717 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15721 Here are some examples of
15725 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15728 \begin_layout Itemize
15733 \begin_layout Itemize
15738 \begin_layout Standard
15739 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15742 \begin_layout Itemize
15744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15748 this is too much space!
15751 \begin_layout Itemize
15756 \begin_layout Standard
15757 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15761 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15764 \begin_layout Enumerate
15768 \begin_inset space ~
15773 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15774 \begin_inset space ~
15778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15780 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15785 \begin_inset Index idx
15788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15789 Spaces ! inter-word
15797 \begin_layout Enumerate
15801 \begin_inset space ~
15806 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15807 \begin_inset space ~
15811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15813 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15818 \begin_inset Index idx
15821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15830 \begin_layout Enumerate
15834 \begin_inset space ~
15838 \begin_inset space ~
15842 \begin_inset space ~
15849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15851 \begin_inset space ~
15856 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15857 This function is also bound to
15860 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15870 \begin_layout Itemize
15872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15876 \begin_inset space \space{}
15879 this is too much space!
15882 \begin_layout Itemize
15883 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15887 \begin_layout Standard
15888 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15889 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15890 will take care of this.
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15894 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15898 \begin_inset space ~
15903 feature described in section
15909 Additional Features
15914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15916 \begin_inset Index idx
15919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 Typography ! Quotes
15926 \begin_inset Index idx
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15961 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15962 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15963 and use a closing quote at the end.
15965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15973 The keyboard character,
15977 , generates this automatically.
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15981 You can change the behavior of the
15985 key using the submenu
15991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15995 \begin_inset Index idx
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 Document ! Settings
16007 \begin_layout Standard
16008 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
16013 There are six choices:
16016 \begin_layout Labeling
16017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16029 Use quotes like this
16030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16038 \begin_inset Quotes els
16042 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16048 \begin_layout Labeling
16049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16052 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16056 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16062 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16066 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16070 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16076 \begin_layout Labeling
16077 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16080 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16084 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16090 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16094 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16098 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16102 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16108 \begin_layout Labeling
16109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16112 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16116 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16122 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16126 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16130 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16134 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16140 \begin_layout Labeling
16141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16144 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16148 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16154 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16158 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16162 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16166 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16172 \begin_layout Labeling
16173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16176 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16180 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16186 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16190 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16194 \begin_inset Quotes als
16198 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16204 \begin_layout Standard
16205 These settings affect what character the
16212 \begin_layout Subsection
16214 \begin_inset Index idx
16217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16218 Typography ! Ligatures
16224 \begin_inset Index idx
16227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16258 name "sub:Ligatures"
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16266 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16267 print them as single characters.
16268 These groups are known as
16273 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16275 Here are the standard ligatures:
16278 \begin_layout Itemize
16282 \begin_layout Itemize
16286 \begin_layout Itemize
16290 \begin_layout Itemize
16294 \begin_layout Itemize
16298 \begin_layout Standard
16299 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16303 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16304 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16312 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16328 To break a ligature, use
16330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16333 \begin_inset space ~
16340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16351 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16368 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16376 \begin_layout Subsection
16378 \begin_inset Index idx
16381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16390 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16398 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16399 characters in different sizes and heights.
16400 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16401 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16421 \begin_inset Note Note
16424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16425 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16433 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16434 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16439 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16443 \begin_layout Description
16444 LyX The name of the game, write
16445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16466 \begin_layout Description
16467 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16489 \begin_layout Description
16490 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16512 \begin_layout Description
16513 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16535 \begin_layout Standard
16536 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16541 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16549 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16550 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16551 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16554 : The actual version is
16555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16562 , the previous one was
16563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16573 \begin_layout Standard
16574 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16579 \begin_inset space \space{}
16582 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16584 This will look in LyX like:
16585 \begin_inset Graphics
16586 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16592 \begin_inset Newline newline
16595 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16596 \begin_inset space ~
16600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16602 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16609 \begin_layout Subsection
16611 \begin_inset Index idx
16614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16624 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16625 space between two words.
16626 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16636 for units use the menu
16638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16639 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16641 \begin_inset space ~
16649 arg "space-insert thin"
16655 \begin_layout Standard
16656 Here is an example to show the differences:
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16660 \begin_inset Tabular
16661 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16662 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16663 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16664 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 \begin_inset space ~
16675 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 space between number and unit
16694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16703 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16715 half space between number and unit
16728 \begin_layout Subsection
16730 \begin_inset Index idx
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16742 \begin_layout Standard
16743 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16745 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16746 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16747 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16748 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16749 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16750 These bits of text became known as
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16762 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16763 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16764 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16765 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16766 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16767 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16768 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16771 \begin_layout Standard
16772 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16773 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16774 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16775 \begin_inset space ~
16779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16781 key "latexcompanion"
16786 \begin_inset space ~
16790 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16796 ) may have more information.
16797 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16800 \begin_layout Chapter
16801 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16804 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16811 \begin_layout Standard
16812 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16815 \begin_inset space ~
16821 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16824 \begin_layout Section
16826 \begin_inset Index idx
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16845 \begin_layout Standard
16846 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16849 \begin_layout Description
16851 \begin_inset space ~
16854 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16855 \begin_inset Newline newline
16859 \begin_inset Note Note
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16871 \begin_layout Description
16872 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16873 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16875 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16876 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16877 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16880 \begin_inset Newline newline
16884 \begin_inset Note Comment
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16888 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16896 \begin_layout Description
16898 \begin_inset space ~
16901 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16902 \begin_inset Newline newline
16906 \begin_inset Newline newline
16910 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16920 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16921 How this can be done is explained in the
16924 \begin_inset space ~
16934 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16940 \begin_inset Newline newline
16944 \begin_inset Newline newline
16947 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16948 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16951 \begin_layout Standard
16952 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16964 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16967 \begin_layout Section
16969 \begin_inset Index idx
16972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16981 name "sec:Footnotes"
16988 \begin_layout Standard
16989 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16995 or the toolbar button
16998 arg "footnote-insert"
17010 \begin_inset Graphics
17011 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17020 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17049 label, the box will
17053 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17054 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17067 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17083 \begin_layout Standard
17084 Here's an example footnote:
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17101 \begin_layout Standard
17102 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17103 position where the footnote box is placed.
17104 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17105 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17106 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17107 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17108 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17113 ey are described in the
17116 \begin_inset space ~
17124 \begin_layout Section
17126 \begin_inset Index idx
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17138 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17145 \begin_layout Standard
17146 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17147 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17151 \begin_inset space ~
17156 or the toolbar button
17159 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17185 appearing within your text.
17186 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17195 \begin_layout Standard
17196 At the side is an example marginal note.
17200 \begin_inset Marginal
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 This is a marginal note.
17212 \begin_layout Standard
17213 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17214 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17215 pages, right on odd pages.
17218 \begin_layout Section
17219 Graphics and Images
17220 \begin_inset Index idx
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 \begin_inset Index idx
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17242 name "sec:Graphics"
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17250 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17251 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17254 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17263 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17266 \begin_layout Standard
17267 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17272 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17273 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17275 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17276 \begin_inset space ~
17280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17282 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17289 \begin_layout Standard
17294 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17295 of the image in the output.
17296 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17300 \begin_inset space ~
17304 \begin_inset space ~
17313 \begin_inset space ~
17317 \begin_inset space ~
17321 \begin_inset space ~
17326 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17327 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17335 \begin_layout Standard
17338 LaTeX and LyX options
17340 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17341 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17345 \begin_inset space ~
17350 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17351 with the image size is printed.
17355 \begin_inset space ~
17359 \begin_inset space ~
17363 \begin_inset space ~
17368 is explained in the
17371 \begin_inset space ~
17383 \begin_layout Standard
17384 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17385 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17387 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17391 \begin_layout Standard
17393 \begin_inset Graphics
17394 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17402 \begin_layout Standard
17403 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17404 the image into a float, see section
17405 \begin_inset space ~
17409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17411 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17418 \begin_layout Subsection
17420 \begin_inset Index idx
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17432 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17439 \begin_layout Standard
17440 You can insert images in any known file format.
17441 But as we explained in section
17442 \begin_inset space ~
17446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17448 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17452 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17453 LyX uses therefore the program
17457 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17458 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17459 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17460 \begin_inset space ~
17464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17466 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17473 \begin_layout Standard
17474 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17477 \begin_layout Description
17479 \begin_inset space ~
17482 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17483 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17484 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17488 Graphics Interchange Format
17489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17492 (GIF, file extension
17493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17505 \begin_inset Index idx
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17540 Portable Network Graphics
17541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17544 (PNG, file extension
17545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17557 \begin_inset Index idx
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17592 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17596 (JPG, file extension
17597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17621 \begin_inset Index idx
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 \begin_layout Description
17657 \begin_inset space ~
17660 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17662 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17663 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17664 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17665 \begin_inset Newline newline
17668 Scalable image formats can be
17669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17672 Scalable Vector Graphics
17673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17676 (SVG, file extension
17677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17689 \begin_inset Index idx
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17724 Encapsulated PostScript
17725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17728 (EPS, file extension
17729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17741 \begin_inset Index idx
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17776 Portable Document Format
17777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17780 (PDF, file extension
17781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17793 \begin_inset Index idx
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17804 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17805 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17819 \begin_layout Standard
17820 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17824 \begin_layout Subsection
17825 Grouping of Image Settings
17826 \begin_inset Index idx
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 Images ! Settings grouping
17838 \begin_layout Standard
17839 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17841 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17842 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17844 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17845 need to manually change each of them.
17849 \begin_layout Standard
17850 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17853 \begin_inset space ~
17858 field in the Graphics dialog.
17859 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17860 by checking the name of the desired group.
17863 \begin_layout Section
17865 \begin_inset Index idx
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17884 \begin_layout Standard
17885 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17888 arg "tabular-insert"
17893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17897 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17898 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17899 from the rest of the table.
17900 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17901 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17903 Here is an example table:
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17908 \begin_inset Tabular
17909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17910 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 \begin_layout Subsection
18118 \begin_layout Standard
18119 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18120 brings up the table dialog.
18121 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18122 where the cursor is placed currently.
18123 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18124 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18125 done on all of your selection.
18128 \begin_layout Standard
18129 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18132 \begin_inset space ~
18137 helps you in setting table properties.
18138 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18141 \begin_layout Standard
18145 \begin_inset space ~
18150 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18151 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18152 current cell respectively.
18153 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18155 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18156 of text, see section
18157 \begin_inset space ~
18161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18163 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18170 \begin_layout Standard
18171 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18172 using the check box
18181 This will merge the cells to
18185 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18186 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18187 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18188 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18189 in the last row without the upper border:
18192 \begin_layout Standard
18194 \begin_inset Tabular
18195 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18196 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18198 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 \begin_layout Standard
18332 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18333 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18334 explained in the tables section of the
18337 \begin_inset space ~
18343 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18347 degrees counterclockwise.
18348 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18351 \begin_layout Standard
18352 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 Most DVI-viewers are
18364 able to display rotations.
18372 \begin_layout Standard
18377 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18382 adds lines for all cell borders.
18385 \begin_layout Subsection
18387 \begin_inset Index idx
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 Tables ! Longtables
18397 \begin_inset Index idx
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 \begin_layout Standard
18410 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18413 \begin_inset space ~
18417 \begin_inset space ~
18426 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18427 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18430 \begin_layout Description
18435 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18436 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18437 except for the first page, if
18440 \begin_inset space ~
18448 \begin_layout Description
18452 \begin_inset space ~
18457 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18458 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18461 \begin_layout Description
18466 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18467 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18468 except for the last page, if
18471 \begin_inset space ~
18479 \begin_layout Description
18483 \begin_inset space ~
18488 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18489 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18492 \begin_layout Description
18493 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18494 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18496 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18500 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18503 \begin_inset space ~
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18512 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18513 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18514 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18515 The others will then be defined as
18520 In this context, first means first in this order:
18523 \begin_inset space ~
18535 \begin_inset space ~
18541 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18544 \begin_layout Standard
18546 \begin_inset Tabular
18547 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18548 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18549 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18550 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18551 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18552 <row endfirsthead="true">
18553 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18564 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <row endfirsthead="true">
18584 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <row endhead="true">
18617 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <row endhead="true">
18648 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <row endfoot="true">
18681 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 <row endlastfoot="true">
20663 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20674 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 \begin_layout Subsection
20702 \begin_inset Index idx
20705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20714 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20721 \begin_layout Standard
20722 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20723 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20724 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20725 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20729 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20730 for the cell's paragraph.
20733 \begin_layout Standard
20734 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20735 for the column in the table dialog.
20736 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20737 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20741 \begin_layout Standard
20743 \begin_inset Tabular
20744 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20745 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20747 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20768 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 This is longer now.
20898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20949 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20950 This is longer now.
20955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 \begin_layout Standard
20982 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20983 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20988 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20989 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20995 Selection with the mouse or with
20999 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21000 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21001 the selection from outside the table.
21004 \begin_layout Section
21006 \begin_inset Index idx
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21025 \begin_layout Subsection
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21030 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21031 have a fixed location.
21033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21040 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21048 \begin_inset space ~
21053 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21054 too many notes on the page.
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21059 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21060 and pages without text.
21061 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21062 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21063 Floats are therefore numbered.
21064 Referencing is described in section
21065 \begin_inset space ~
21069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21071 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21079 To insert a float, use the menu
21081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21085 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21086 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21088 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21089 \begin_inset Index idx
21092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21099 paragraph within the float.
21100 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21101 by left-clicking on the box label.
21102 A closed float box looks like this:
21103 \begin_inset Graphics
21104 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21109 – a gray button with a red label.
21112 \begin_layout Standard
21113 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21114 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21117 \begin_layout Subsection
21121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21125 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21130 \begin_inset Index idx
21133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 Floats ! Figure floats
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21144 \begin_inset space ~
21148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21150 reference "cap:Platypus"
21154 was created using the menu
21156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21157 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21160 or the toolbar button
21163 arg "float-insert figure"
21167 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21173 or the toolbar button
21176 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21180 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21181 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21185 \begin_inset space ~
21190 or the toolbar button
21193 arg "layout-paragraph"
21199 \begin_layout Standard
21200 \begin_inset Float figure
21205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 \begin_inset Graphics
21208 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21218 \begin_inset Caption
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21223 name "cap:Platypus"
21227 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21241 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21243 As described in section
21244 \begin_inset space ~
21248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21250 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21254 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21259 or the toolbar button
21265 and refer to it using the menu
21267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21270 or the toolbar button
21273 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21277 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21286 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21298 \begin_layout Standard
21299 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21300 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21301 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21302 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21303 as described in section
21304 \begin_inset space ~
21308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21310 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21316 \begin_inset space ~
21320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21322 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21326 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21327 You can also set the images one below the other.
21329 \begin_inset space ~
21333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21335 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21342 reference "fig:Platypus"
21346 are the subfigures.
21349 \begin_layout Standard
21350 \begin_inset Float figure
21355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21356 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21360 \begin_inset Float figure
21365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21366 \begin_inset Caption
21368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21371 name "fig:Undefinable"
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21384 \begin_inset Graphics
21385 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21396 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21400 \begin_inset Float figure
21405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21406 \begin_inset Caption
21408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21411 name "fig:Platypus"
21423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_inset Graphics
21425 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 \begin_inset Caption
21446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21449 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21453 Two distorted images.
21466 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21468 \begin_inset Index idx
21471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21472 Floats ! Table floats
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21481 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21484 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21487 or the toolbar botton
21490 arg "float-insert table"
21494 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21497 \begin_inset space ~
21501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21503 reference "cap:Table-float"
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 \begin_inset Float table
21516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_inset Caption
21519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21522 name "cap:Table-float"
21534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21536 \begin_inset Tabular
21537 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21538 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21689 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21692 \end{array}\right]$
21700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21734 \begin_layout Subsection
21736 \begin_inset Index idx
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21748 \begin_layout Standard
21749 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21750 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21751 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21753 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21761 \begin_inset space ~
21769 \begin_layout Section
21771 \begin_inset Index idx
21774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21783 name "sec:Minipages"
21790 \begin_layout Standard
21791 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21793 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21794 \begin_inset space ~
21801 \begin_layout Standard
21802 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21808 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21809 and its alignment within the page.
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21814 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21824 height_special "totalheight"
21827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21830 This is a minipage.
21831 The text is set in an italic style.
21834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21837 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21838 another formatting.
21846 \begin_layout Standard
21847 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21850 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21854 as described in section
21855 \begin_inset space ~
21859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21861 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21866 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21872 \begin_layout Standard
21873 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21883 height_special "totalheight"
21886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21887 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21888 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21894 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21898 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21908 height_special "totalheight"
21911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21912 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21913 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21921 \begin_layout Standard
21922 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21928 \begin_layout Standard
21929 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21930 to other box types.
21931 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21938 \begin_inset space ~
21946 \begin_layout Chapter
21947 Mathematical Formulas
21948 \begin_inset Index idx
21951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21958 \begin_inset Index idx
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21992 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21999 \begin_layout Standard
22000 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22005 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22008 \begin_layout Section
22010 \begin_inset Index idx
22013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22023 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22030 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22032 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22033 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22034 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22043 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22047 \begin_inset space ~
22052 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22056 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22057 line, like this one:
22060 \begin_layout Standard
22061 This is a line with an inline formula
22062 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22069 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22071 \begin_inset Formula
22078 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22081 \begin_layout Standard
22082 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22088 \begin_inset space \space{}
22092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22105 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22106 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22110 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22113 \begin_inset space ~
22121 \begin_layout Subsection
22122 Navigating in Formulas
22123 \begin_inset Index idx
22126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_layout Standard
22136 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22137 achieved with the arrow keys.
22138 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22139 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22144 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22145 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22149 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22153 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22156 \end{array}\right]$
22164 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22169 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22170 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22173 \begin_layout Standard
22178 , printed in this document as
22179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22200 \begin_inset Note Note
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22204 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22205 space character (visible space).
22210 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22211 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22212 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22217 For example, if you want
22218 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 , since in the latter case only the
22275 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22280 will be under the square root sign:
22281 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22287 \begin_layout Standard
22288 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22290 \begin_inset Formula
22292 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22301 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22302 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22305 \begin_layout Subsection
22309 \begin_layout Standard
22310 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22311 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22315 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22316 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22317 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22318 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22319 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22322 \begin_layout Subsection
22323 Exponents and Subscripts
22324 \begin_inset Index idx
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22334 \begin_inset Index idx
22337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22347 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22348 way is to use a command.
22350 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22353 , type in a formula
22359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22375 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22381 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22385 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22415 , you have to use an extra
22419 to separate the hat and the character.
22421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22425 \begin_inset space \space{}
22429 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 Subscripts are similar: To get
22451 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22474 \begin_layout Subsection
22476 \begin_inset Index idx
22479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22488 \begin_layout Standard
22489 Create a fraction with either the command
22496 \begin_inset Graphics
22497 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22505 \begin_inset space ~
22511 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22512 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22513 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22518 To move back up, press
22523 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22524 \begin_inset Formula
22526 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22529 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22537 \begin_layout Subsection
22539 \begin_inset Index idx
22542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 Roots can be created using the
22555 \begin_inset space ~
22561 \begin_inset Graphics
22562 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22564 groupId toolbarbuttons
22587 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22593 produces always a square root.
22596 \begin_layout Subsection
22597 Operators with Limits
22598 \begin_inset Index idx
22601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22608 \begin_inset Index idx
22611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22620 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22627 \begin_layout Standard
22629 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22633 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22636 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22637 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22638 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22639 The sum operator will automatically place its
22640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22647 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22650 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22654 \begin_inset Formula
22656 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22661 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22665 \begin_layout Standard
22666 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22668 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22669 behind the operator and hitting
22677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22678 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22684 \begin_inset space ~
22692 \begin_layout Standard
22693 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22701 feature as addition, such as
22702 \begin_inset Index idx
22705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22712 \begin_inset Formula
22714 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22719 which will place the
22720 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22732 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22733 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22739 \begin_layout Standard
22740 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22747 Have a look at section
22748 \begin_inset space ~
22752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22754 reference "sub:Functions"
22758 for an explanation of function macros.
22761 \begin_layout Subsection
22763 \begin_inset Index idx
22766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22775 \begin_layout Standard
22776 Most math symbols can be found in the
22779 \begin_inset space ~
22784 under one of several categories; including
22801 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22805 \begin_layout Standard
22806 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22807 you don't have to use the
22810 \begin_inset space ~
22815 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22816 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22819 \begin_layout Subsection
22821 \begin_inset Index idx
22824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22834 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22839 arg "space-insert protected"
22845 \begin_inset space ~
22851 \begin_inset Graphics
22852 filename ../images/math/space.png
22854 groupId toolbarbuttons
22859 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22860 For example, the sequence
22865 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22869 \begin_inset Graphics
22870 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22875 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22876 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22877 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22878 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22880 Here are two examples:
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22893 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22909 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22915 \begin_layout Subsection
22917 \begin_inset Index idx
22920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22929 name "sub:Functions"
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22940 \begin_inset space ~
22945 contains under the button
22946 \begin_inset Graphics
22947 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22949 groupId toolbarbuttons
22953 a number of function macros, such as
22954 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22958 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22966 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22973 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22974 avoid confusions, because
22975 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22979 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22985 \begin_layout Standard
22986 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22988 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22992 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22998 \begin_layout Standard
22999 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23000 s are placed, as described in section
23001 \begin_inset space ~
23005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23007 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23014 \begin_layout Subsection
23016 \begin_inset Index idx
23019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23031 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23032 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23037 \begin_inset space \space{}
23041 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23044 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23045 Our example is entered by typing
23053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 \begin_inset space ~
23070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23072 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23076 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23079 \begin_layout Standard
23080 \begin_inset Float table
23085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23086 \begin_inset Caption
23088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23091 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23095 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23105 \begin_inset Tabular
23106 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23107 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23248 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23302 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23356 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23671 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23692 \begin_layout Standard
23693 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23696 \begin_inset space ~
23702 \begin_inset Graphics
23703 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23705 groupId toolbarbuttons
23709 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23713 \begin_layout Section
23714 Brackets and Delimiters
23715 \begin_inset Index idx
23718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23725 \begin_inset Index idx
23728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23737 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23744 \begin_layout Standard
23745 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23746 For most purposes, using just the keys
23751 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23752 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23753 toolbar delimiter icon
23756 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23760 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23762 \begin_inset Formula
23764 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23772 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23773 \begin_inset Formula
23775 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23783 \begin_layout Standard
23784 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23785 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23789 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23790 left side and right side.
23791 If you use the option
23794 \begin_inset space ~
23799 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23800 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23801 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23802 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23805 \begin_layout Standard
23806 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23807 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23808 inside the brackets.
23809 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23814 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23817 \begin_layout Section
23818 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23819 \begin_inset Index idx
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 \begin_inset Index idx
23832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 \begin_inset Index idx
23842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23843 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23851 \begin_layout Standard
23852 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23855 \begin_inset space ~
23861 \begin_inset Graphics
23862 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23864 groupId toolbarbuttons
23869 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23870 Here is an example:
23871 \begin_inset Formula
23873 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23882 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23883 \begin_inset space ~
23887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23889 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23894 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23895 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23896 This alignment is set in the box
23901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23949 for every column as default.
23950 For example, the sequence
23951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23962 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23963 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23964 corresponds to the relevant column.
23965 The result will look like this:
23966 \begin_inset Formula
23969 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23970 column & has & has\, right\\
23971 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23984 arg "newline-insert newline"
23987 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23988 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23993 or the math toolbar.
23996 \begin_layout Standard
23997 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23998 It can be created with the menu
24000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24001 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24003 \begin_inset space ~
24015 Here is an example:
24016 \begin_inset Formula
24030 \begin_layout Standard
24031 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24034 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24037 arg "newline-insert newline"
24041 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24046 arg "newline-insert newline"
24049 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24057 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24058 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24059 A new row is created by every further hit of
24062 arg "newline-insert newline"
24066 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24067 Here is an example:
24068 \begin_inset Formula
24070 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24071 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24076 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24077 where you want to start the shift and hit
24082 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24083 position to the next column.
24084 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24085 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24086 \begin_inset Formula
24088 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24097 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24104 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24105 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24108 reference "eq:asquared"
24113 The other types are described in section
24114 \begin_inset space ~
24118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24120 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24127 \begin_layout Section
24128 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24129 \begin_inset Index idx
24132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24133 Math ! Formula numbering
24139 \begin_inset Index idx
24142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24143 Math ! Referencing formulas
24149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24151 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24158 \begin_layout Standard
24159 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24161 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24164 \begin_inset space ~
24172 arg "math-number-toggle"
24176 The formula number appears in LyX as
24177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24184 within parentheses.
24186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24193 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24195 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24196 the document class.
24197 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24198 separated by a dot:
24199 \begin_inset Formula
24209 arg "math-number-toggle"
24212 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24213 You can only number displayed formulas.
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24217 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24219 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24220 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24222 \begin_inset space ~
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24230 \begin_inset space ~
24238 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24241 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24242 \begin_inset Formula
24245 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24251 To number all lines use the shortcut
24254 arg "math-number-toggle"
24260 \begin_layout Standard
24261 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24264 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24265 A label is inserted with the menu
24267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24270 when the cursor is in the formula.
24271 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24272 It is recommended to use the proposed
24273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24284 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24285 type when you have many labels in your document.
24286 We inserted in the following example the label
24287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24294 in the second line:
24295 \begin_inset Formula
24297 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24298 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24303 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24304 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24314 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24318 \begin_inset space ~
24324 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24325 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24326 as the formula number:
24329 \begin_layout Standard
24330 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24333 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24340 \begin_layout Standard
24341 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24348 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24353 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24359 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24364 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24372 \begin_layout Section
24373 User defined math macros
24374 \begin_inset Index idx
24377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24386 \begin_layout Standard
24387 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24388 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24389 Math macros are explained in section
24392 \begin_inset space ~
24404 \begin_layout Section
24408 \begin_layout Subsection
24410 \begin_inset Index idx
24413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24424 To set a font in a formula, use the
24427 \begin_inset space ~
24433 \begin_inset Graphics
24434 filename ../images/math/font.png
24436 groupId toolbarbuttons
24440 , or enter its command, listed in table
24441 \begin_inset space ~
24445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24447 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24454 \begin_layout Standard
24455 \begin_inset Float table
24460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24461 \begin_inset Caption
24463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24466 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24470 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24480 \begin_inset Tabular
24481 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24482 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24516 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24603 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24630 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24657 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24761 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24779 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24784 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24785 space when you need a space in the box.
24786 Here an example where
24787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24798 denotes the set of numbers:
24799 \begin_inset Formula
24801 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24809 \begin_layout Standard
24810 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24816 \begin_inset space \space{}
24828 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24832 \begin_inset Newline newline
24835 So it is better not to use this feature.
24838 \begin_layout Standard
24839 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24840 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24844 \begin_inset Newline newline
24847 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24853 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24854 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24860 \begin_layout Standard
24867 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24873 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24874 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24876 \begin_inset space ~
24884 \begin_layout Subsection
24886 \begin_inset Index idx
24889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24901 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24905 \begin_inset space ~
24909 \begin_inset space ~
24917 \begin_inset space ~
24923 \begin_inset Graphics
24924 filename ../images/math/font.png
24926 groupId toolbarbuttons
24937 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24938 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24939 Here is an example:
24940 \begin_inset Formula
24943 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24944 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24953 \begin_layout Subsection
24955 \begin_inset Index idx
24958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24969 automatically chosen in most situations.
24987 For most characters,
24995 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24996 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25001 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25002 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25004 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25005 \begin_inset Graphics
25006 filename ../images/math/style.png
25008 groupId toolbarbuttons
25013 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25014 For example, you can set
25015 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25018 , which is normally in
25027 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25031 The four styles are used in the following example:
25034 \begin_layout Standard
25035 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25039 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25043 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25047 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25055 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25059 \begin_inset space ~
25064 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25065 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25066 will be adjusted to correspond.
25067 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25082 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25088 \begin_layout Section
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25093 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25094 the document classes and into layout modules.
25095 \begin_inset Index idx
25098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25104 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25105 other than the AMS classes.
25107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25109 reference "sub:Modules"
25113 for more on layout modules.
25116 \begin_layout Section
25118 \begin_inset Index idx
25121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25128 \begin_inset Index idx
25131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25141 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25142 (AMS) that are in common use.
25145 \begin_layout Subsection
25146 Enabling AMS-Support
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 Selecting the checkbox
25153 \begin_inset space ~
25157 \begin_inset space ~
25161 \begin_inset space ~
25168 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25172 \begin_inset Index idx
25175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 Document ! Settings
25184 \begin_inset space ~
25189 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25191 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25192 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25195 \begin_layout Subsection
25197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25199 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25204 \begin_inset Index idx
25207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25208 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25216 \begin_layout Standard
25217 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25218 LyX allows you to choose between
25239 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25242 \begin_layout Chapter
25246 \begin_layout Section
25248 \begin_inset Index idx
25251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25260 name "sec:Cross-References"
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25268 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25269 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25271 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25272 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25273 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25276 \begin_layout Enumerate
25280 \begin_layout Enumerate
25281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25283 name "enu:Second-item"
25290 \begin_layout Enumerate
25294 \begin_layout Standard
25295 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25300 or by pressing the toolbar button
25307 A grey label box like this:
25308 \begin_inset Graphics
25309 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25314 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25315 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25350 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25355 \begin_inset space \space{}
25358 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25379 or the toolbar button
25382 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25386 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25387 \begin_inset Graphics
25388 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25393 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25395 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25408 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25418 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25423 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25424 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25432 \begin_layout Standard
25433 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25434 \begin_inset space ~
25438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25440 reference "enu:Second-item"
25447 \begin_layout Standard
25448 It is recommended to use a protected space
25452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25453 described in section
25454 \begin_inset space ~
25458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25460 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25469 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25477 \begin_layout Description
25478 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25481 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25488 \begin_layout Description
25489 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25490 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25502 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25509 \begin_layout Description
25510 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25511 \begin_inset space ~
25515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25516 LatexCommand pageref
25517 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25524 \begin_layout Description
25526 \begin_inset space ~
25530 \begin_inset space ~
25533 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25535 LatexCommand vpageref
25536 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25543 \begin_layout Description
25545 \begin_inset space ~
25549 \begin_inset space ~
25553 \begin_inset space ~
25556 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25559 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25566 \begin_layout Description
25568 \begin_inset space ~
25571 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25572 \begin_inset Newline newline
25576 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25584 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25593 \begin_inset Index idx
25596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25597 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25603 \begin_inset Index idx
25606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25607 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25618 \begin_inset Newline newline
25621 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25624 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25628 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25629 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25633 The format is specified by adding the command
25645 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25646 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25659 ) can be done with this command
25660 \begin_inset Newline newline
25667 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25672 \begin_inset Newline newline
25675 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25679 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25686 \begin_layout Description
25688 \begin_inset space ~
25691 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25693 LatexCommand nameref
25694 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25706 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25713 \begin_inset space \space{}
25717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25731 <reference> on page <page>
25733 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25737 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25738 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25739 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25743 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25748 You can only use the style
25752 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25756 is always possible.
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25760 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25761 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25763 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25764 \begin_inset space ~
25768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25770 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25778 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25782 \begin_inset space ~
25786 \begin_inset space ~
25791 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25792 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25795 \begin_inset space ~
25800 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25801 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25804 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25811 You can change labels at any time.
25812 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25813 do not need to take care about this.
25816 \begin_layout Standard
25817 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25818 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25822 References are described in detail in sec.
25823 \begin_inset space ~
25827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25837 \begin_inset space ~
25845 \begin_layout Section
25846 Table of Contents and other Listings
25847 \begin_inset Index idx
25850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25857 \begin_inset Index idx
25860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25876 \begin_layout Subsection
25878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25880 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25891 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25893 \begin_inset space ~
25897 \begin_inset space ~
25903 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25904 If you click on it, the
25908 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25909 sections in your documents.
25910 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25915 that is described in sec.
25916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25922 reference "sec:Navigating"
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25930 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25931 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25933 \begin_inset space ~
25937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25939 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25943 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25945 \begin_inset space ~
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25951 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25955 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25957 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25960 \begin_layout Subsection
25961 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25964 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25972 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25973 You can insert them via the
25975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25981 \begin_inset space ~
25987 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25990 \begin_layout Section
25991 URLs and Hyperlinks
25992 \begin_inset Index idx
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26002 \begin_inset Index idx
26005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26014 \begin_layout Subsection
26016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26025 \begin_layout Standard
26026 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26036 \begin_inset Flex URL
26039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26049 \begin_layout Standard
26050 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26056 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26061 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26069 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26077 \begin_layout Subsection
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26081 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26089 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26094 or with the toolbar button
26101 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26110 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26111 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26112 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26114 name "LyX's homepage"
26115 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26119 , an Email address like this:
26120 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26122 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26123 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26128 , or a link to a file.
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26132 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26145 to the link target.
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26150 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26151 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26152 the text style dialog.
26153 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26157 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26159 name "LyX's homepage"
26160 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26168 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26172 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26174 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26175 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26179 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26181 \begin_inset Newline newline
26189 \begin_inset Newline newline
26196 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26199 \begin_layout Section
26201 \begin_inset Index idx
26204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26213 name "sec:Appendices"
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 Appendices are created with the menu
26223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26225 \begin_inset space ~
26229 \begin_inset space ~
26235 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26236 as the appendix region.
26237 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26241 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26242 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26243 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26244 and the subsection number.
26245 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26251 \begin_inset space ~
26255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26257 reference "cha:Credits"
26262 \begin_inset space ~
26266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26268 reference "sub:Export"
26275 \begin_layout Section
26277 \begin_inset Index idx
26280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26289 name "sec:Bibliography"
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26297 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26298 You can include a bibliography database,
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26303 Known under the name
26304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26316 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26317 manually, using the paragraph environment
26321 , which was described in section
26322 \begin_inset space ~
26326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26328 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26333 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26334 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26338 use a bibliography database.
26341 \begin_layout Subsection
26342 The Bibliography Environment
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26350 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26352 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26361 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26363 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26372 , a short form of its title, as key.
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26381 or the toolbar button
26384 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26388 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26389 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26390 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26391 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26396 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26397 entry with surrounding brackets.
26402 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26403 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26418 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26421 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26423 key "latexcompanion"
26430 \begin_layout Standard
26431 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26432 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26441 \begin_layout Subsection
26442 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26443 \begin_inset Index idx
26446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26447 Bibliography ! Databases
26453 \begin_inset Index idx
26456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26457 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26465 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26473 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26479 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26481 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26482 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26487 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26489 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26490 your working field in a database.
26491 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26492 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26494 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 The database is a text file with the file extension
26500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26511 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26512 The format is explained in
26513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26519 and in LaTeX books (
26520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26522 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26527 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26528 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26529 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26530 \begin_inset Flex URL
26533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26535 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26544 To use a database, use the menu
26546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26551 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 \begin_inset space ~
26570 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26571 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26574 Add bibliography to TOC
26576 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26581 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26582 in the document or just the cited references.
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26586 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26598 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26599 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26600 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26602 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26608 For information how this is done, have a look at
26609 \begin_inset Newline newline
26613 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26615 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26627 \begin_layout Standard
26628 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26632 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26633 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26634 either in the document settings under
26638 or in LyX's preferences under
26640 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26655 The following variants are possible:
26658 \begin_layout Description
26659 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26660 other bibliography packages (like e.
26661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26665 \begin_inset space ~
26672 ), only with the package
26676 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26680 \begin_layout Description
26681 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26682 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26683 with all bibliography packages, except of
26688 \begin_layout Description
26689 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26694 , works with all.bibliography packages
26697 \begin_layout Standard
26698 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26700 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26706 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26715 \begin_layout Standard
26716 When you select the option
26718 Sectioned bibliography
26722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26725 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26726 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26728 Customizing Bibliographies
26736 Additional Features
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26742 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26743 the two methods of creating them.
26744 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26745 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26746 We used the style file
26750 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26753 \begin_layout Subsection
26754 Bibliography layout
26755 \begin_inset Index idx
26758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26759 Bibliography ! Layout
26767 \begin_layout Standard
26768 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26769 For this feature you need to enable the option
26775 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26779 \begin_inset Index idx
26782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26783 Document ! Settings
26793 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26794 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26795 in the previous section.
26798 \begin_layout Standard
26799 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26800 in the citation reference window.
26801 Here an example where we set the text
26802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26806 \begin_inset space ~
26810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26813 to appear after the reference:
26816 \begin_layout Standard
26818 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26821 key "latexcompanion"
26828 \begin_layout Section
26830 \begin_inset Index idx
26833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26850 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26854 \begin_inset space ~
26859 or the toolbar button
26867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26878 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26879 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26880 by LyX as the index entry.
26883 \begin_layout Standard
26884 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26885 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26887 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26889 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26896 \begin_layout Standard
26897 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26899 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26901 \begin_inset space ~
26905 \begin_inset space ~
26908 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26910 \begin_inset space ~
26916 A light blue box labeled
26917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26928 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26929 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26932 \begin_layout Subsection
26933 Grouping Index Entries
26934 \begin_inset Index idx
26937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26946 \begin_layout Standard
26947 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26949 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26950 lists under the entry
26951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26959 First we create the entry
26960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26968 \begin_inset space ~
26972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26974 reference "sub:Lists"
26979 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26980 \begin_inset space ~
26984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26986 reference "sec:Itemize"
26990 , we insert the command
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27003 \begin_layout Standard
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27010 for the enumerated list in section
27011 \begin_inset space ~
27015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27017 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27025 The exclamation mark
27026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27033 marks the grouping levels.
27034 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27035 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27036 If we don't have an index entry for
27037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27044 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27047 \begin_layout Subsection
27049 \begin_inset Index idx
27052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27053 Index ! Page ranges
27061 \begin_layout Standard
27062 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27064 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27070 \begin_inset space \space{}
27073 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27075 \begin_inset space ~
27079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27081 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27091 Paragraph environments|(
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27095 and another entry at the end of section
27096 \begin_inset space ~
27100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27102 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27112 Paragraph environments|)
27115 \begin_layout Standard
27117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27140 respectively start and end the index range.
27141 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27142 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27143 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27144 An example is the index entry
27145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27148 Document ! Settings
27149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 \begin_layout Subsection
27157 \begin_inset Index idx
27160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27161 Index ! Cross referencing
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27170 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27171 We referred for example in the index entry
27172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27180 \begin_inset space ~
27184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27186 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27190 ) to the index entry
27191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27198 in the same section using the entry
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27204 GIF|see{Image formats}
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27209 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27210 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27213 \begin_layout Subsection
27215 \begin_inset Index idx
27218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27219 Index ! Entry order
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27228 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27229 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27230 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27235 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27237 \begin_inset space ~
27241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27243 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27252 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27253 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27278 \begin_inset Index idx
27281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27282 Dummy entries ! maïs
27288 \begin_inset Index idx
27291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27292 Dummy entries ! maître
27298 \begin_inset Index idx
27301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27302 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27307 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27308 order maïs, maison, maître.
27309 To achieve this, we use the command
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27315 previous entry@current entry
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 In our case we want to have
27320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27335 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27344 \begin_layout Standard
27345 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27346 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27351 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27358 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27363 to generate the index (see sec.
27364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27370 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27379 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27387 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27391 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27392 index commands start with
27393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27405 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27410 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27437 \begin_layout Subsection
27439 \begin_inset Index idx
27442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27443 Index ! Entry layout
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27452 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27453 \begin_inset Index idx
27456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27459 This is an italic dummy entry
27464 You can also format the page number using the character
27465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27472 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27473 We can write for example
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27479 italic page number:|textit
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 to get the page number in italic.
27484 \begin_inset Index idx
27487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27488 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27493 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27511 \begin_inset space ~
27517 Have a look at section
27518 \begin_inset space ~
27522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27524 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27528 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27540 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27544 to generate the index, see sec.
27545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27551 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27560 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27561 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27563 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27566 key "latexcompanion"
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27579 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27581 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27582 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27583 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27584 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27585 If so, put the following in the preamble
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 in the index entry.
27612 \begin_inset Index idx
27615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27616 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27621 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27622 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27623 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27633 \begin_inset space \space{}
27636 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27637 for all index entries.
27638 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27650 documentation for details,
27651 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27653 key "makeindex,xindy"
27660 \begin_layout Subsection
27662 \begin_inset Index idx
27665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27674 name "sub:Index-Program"
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 If the index entry program
27686 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27690 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27699 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27700 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27701 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27702 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27703 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27713 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27714 dialog, see section
27715 \begin_inset space ~
27719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27721 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27726 The available options are listed and explained in
27727 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27729 key "makeindex,xindy"
27734 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27740 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27744 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27748 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27749 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27752 \begin_layout Subsection
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27758 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27766 next to the standard index.
27767 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27768 packages that add this feature.
27774 \begin_inset Index idx
27777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27778 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27783 package to generate multiple indexes.
27784 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27785 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27786 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27793 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27794 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27795 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27799 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27801 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27802 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27809 Use multiple Indexes
27810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27814 Note that the list of
27815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27822 below already contains the standard index.
27823 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27824 also appear as a heading) to the
27825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27832 input field and press the
27833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27841 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27842 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27843 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27847 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27853 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27854 indexes in the LyX work area.
27857 \begin_layout Standard
27858 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27863 \begin_inset space ~
27867 \begin_inset space ~
27876 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27877 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27878 are some additional features:
27881 \begin_layout Itemize
27882 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27883 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27886 \begin_layout Itemize
27887 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27888 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27897 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27902 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27903 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27904 to the non-subindexes.
27907 \begin_layout Section
27908 Nomenclature / Glossary
27909 \begin_inset Index idx
27912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27919 \begin_inset Index idx
27922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27953 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27961 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27962 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27966 \begin_layout Standard
27967 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27972 \begin_inset Index idx
27975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27976 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27982 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27983 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27989 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27992 \begin_layout Standard
27993 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27994 and then use the menu
27996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28002 \begin_inset space ~
28007 or the toolbar button
28010 arg "nomencl-insert"
28015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28026 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28029 \begin_layout Standard
28030 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28031 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28032 The second is the description of the symbol.
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28052 \begin_layout Subsection
28053 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28054 \begin_inset Index idx
28057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28058 Nomenclature ! Layout
28066 \begin_layout Standard
28067 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28071 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28077 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28085 \begin_inset Newline newline
28093 \begin_inset Newline newline
28099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28106 character starts/ends the formula.
28107 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28119 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28129 \begin_layout Standard
28130 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28131 \begin_inset space ~
28135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28137 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28148 \begin_inset space ~
28153 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28154 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28159 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28166 in this document is:
28167 \begin_inset Newline newline
28172 dummy entry for the character
28177 \begin_inset Newline newline
28189 \begin_inset space ~
28199 font use the command
28228 \begin_layout Subsection
28229 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28230 \begin_inset Index idx
28233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28234 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28243 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28244 the symbol definition.
28245 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28246 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28249 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28250 LatexCommand nomenclature
28252 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28259 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28263 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28264 LatexCommand nomenclature
28267 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28272 They will be sorted by
28273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28299 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28302 will be sorted before the
28306 since the character
28307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28314 is considered in sorting.
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28321 \begin_inset space ~
28326 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28327 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28329 For the example given, you can insert
28333 in this field for the
28334 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28341 will be located before
28342 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28354 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28363 \begin_layout Subsection
28364 Nomenclature Options
28365 \begin_inset Index idx
28368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28369 Nomenclature ! Options
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28382 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28383 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28386 \begin_layout Description
28387 refeq Appends the phrase
28388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28403 to every nomenclature entry, where
28409 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28412 \begin_layout Description
28413 refpage Appends the phrase
28414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28429 to every nomenclature entry, where
28435 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28438 \begin_layout Description
28439 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28443 There are furthermore the options
28487 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28492 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28493 class options list in the
28495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28499 In this document the option
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28507 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28513 \begin_layout Standard
28514 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28515 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28520 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28523 \begin_layout Description
28533 \begin_layout Description
28536 nomrefpage Like the
28543 \begin_layout Description
28546 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28555 \begin_layout Description
28559 \begin_inset space ~
28565 \begin_inset space ~
28570 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28573 \begin_layout Subsection
28574 Printing the Nomenclature
28575 \begin_inset Index idx
28578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28579 Nomenclature ! Printing
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28588 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28592 \begin_inset space ~
28596 \begin_inset space ~
28599 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28603 A light blue box labeled
28604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28615 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28616 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28620 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28629 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28637 For example, in order to change the name to
28641 , add the following line to the preamble:
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28652 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28656 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28664 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28675 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28678 \begin_layout Standard
28681 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28682 \begin_inset space ~
28686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28688 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28693 The default value is 1
28694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28700 \begin_layout Subsection
28701 Nomenclature Program
28702 \begin_inset Index idx
28705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28706 Nomenclature ! Program
28712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28714 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28722 LyX uses the program
28726 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28727 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28732 by adding options, see section
28733 \begin_inset space ~
28737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28739 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28744 The available options are listed and explained in
28745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28747 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28754 \begin_layout Section
28756 \begin_inset Index idx
28759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28766 \begin_inset Index idx
28769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28770 Document ! Branches
28776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28778 name "sec:Branches"
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28786 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28787 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28788 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28789 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28792 \begin_layout Standard
28793 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28794 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28795 To create a branch, either select the menu
28797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28798 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28801 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28803 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28810 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28811 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28812 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28813 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28814 (see below for an example).
28815 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28816 to the name of the other) and to add
28817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28829 \begin_inset space ~
28832 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28833 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28837 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28838 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28843 where you can choose a branch.
28844 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28848 \begin_layout Standard
28849 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28850 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28853 \begin_layout Standard
28854 \begin_inset Branch Question
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28858 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28870 \begin_layout Standard
28871 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28887 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28890 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28891 Consider for example a file
28892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28899 which has the above branches.
28901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28908 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28932 branch were inactive,
28933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28948 branch was active, likewise
28949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28964 branch was active, and
28965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28968 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28972 if both branches were active.
28973 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28978 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28984 \begin_layout Standard
28985 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28986 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28988 For example you can define for the question branch
28992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28993 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28994 \begin_inset space ~
28998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29000 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29012 \begin_layout Standard
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 and for the answer branch
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29046 \begin_layout Standard
29056 \begin_layout Standard
29057 \begin_inset Branch Question
29060 \begin_layout Standard
29064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29093 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29129 Now it is possible to use the commands
29133 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29140 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29143 to obtain conditional output.
29144 Here is an example formula where only the
29151 \begin_inset Formula
29153 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29161 \begin_layout Standard
29162 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29170 \begin_layout Section
29172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29174 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29179 \begin_inset Index idx
29182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29196 dialog allows you in the
29200 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29201 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29206 \begin_inset Index idx
29209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29210 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29223 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29224 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29225 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29227 You can specify in the dialog tab
29231 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29233 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29234 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29243 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29244 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29245 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29247 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29248 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29250 \begin_inset space ~
29253 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29254 \begin_inset space ~
29257 1 will only display the sections.
29260 \begin_layout Standard
29261 The header information in the dialog tab
29265 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29266 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29271 \begin_inset space \space{}
29274 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29275 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29278 Automatic fill header
29280 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29281 title and author settings.
29284 \begin_layout Standard
29287 Load in fullscreen mode
29289 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29294 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29300 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29301 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29310 \begin_layout Section
29311 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29314 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29321 \begin_layout Subsection
29323 \begin_inset Index idx
29326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29335 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29343 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29344 constructs, but not all.
29345 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29346 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29347 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29348 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29349 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29354 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29356 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29360 \begin_inset space ~
29365 or by the toolbar button
29372 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29376 \begin_layout Standard
29377 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29378 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29379 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29380 using the LaTeX-command
29386 , you can write the command part
29392 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29396 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29397 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29398 the following example:
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29402 \begin_inset Graphics
29403 filename clipart/ERT.png
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29416 This is a line with a
29420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 \begin_layout Standard
29444 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29453 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29461 \begin_layout Subsection
29462 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29463 \begin_inset Argument
29466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29473 \begin_inset Index idx
29476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29485 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29492 \begin_layout Standard
29493 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29494 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29495 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29504 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29505 any time if you know the right commands.
29507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29511 \begin_inset space \space{}
29514 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29516 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29517 all caption labels bold.
29518 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29520 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29524 \begin_layout Standard
29525 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29526 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29527 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29538 \begin_layout Standard
29539 As result you know that the package
29544 \begin_inset Index idx
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29554 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29567 usepackage[options]{package name}
29570 \begin_layout Standard
29571 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29572 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29573 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29577 In your case the package name is
29582 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29587 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29588 So you add the command
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29596 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29599 \begin_layout Standard
29600 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29605 For more commands provided by the
29609 package, have a look at its documentation,
29610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29624 \begin_layout Standard
29625 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29627 For example if you use a
29631 class, you don't need the package
29635 , you can instead write
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29643 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29648 \begin_layout Standard
29649 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29650 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29651 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29658 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29662 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29663 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29665 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29666 the previous section.
29669 \begin_layout Standard
29670 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29672 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29674 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29681 \begin_layout Standard
29682 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29688 \begin_layout Standard
29692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29702 \begin_inset Note Note
29705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29706 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29714 \begin_layout Left Header
29715 \begin_inset Argument
29718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 \begin_inset Note Note
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 defines the header line as described below
29750 \begin_layout Center Header
29751 \begin_inset Argument
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 \begin_layout Right Header
29764 \begin_inset Argument
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29788 \begin_layout Left Footer
29789 \begin_inset Argument
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 \begin_layout Center Footer
29814 \begin_inset Argument
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29828 \begin_inset Newline newline
29832 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29838 \begin_layout Right Footer
29839 \begin_inset Argument
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29864 \begin_layout Section
29865 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29868 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29873 \begin_inset Index idx
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 Document ! Header/Footer line
29883 \begin_inset Index idx
29886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 \begin_layout Standard
29896 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29897 to set the headings style to
29903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29909 \begin_inset space ~
29915 As second step add in the menu
29917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29918 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29925 Custom Header/Footerlines
29926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29930 This module offers the 6
29931 \begin_inset space ~
29937 \begin_layout Description
29939 \begin_inset space ~
29943 \begin_inset space ~
29947 \begin_inset space ~
29951 \begin_inset space ~
29955 \begin_inset space ~
29961 \begin_layout Description
29963 \begin_inset space ~
29967 \begin_inset space ~
29971 \begin_inset space ~
29975 \begin_inset space ~
29979 \begin_inset space ~
29985 \begin_layout Standard
29986 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29989 \begin_layout Standard
29990 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29991 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29993 \begin_inset space ~
29997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29999 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30003 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30006 \begin_layout Standard
30007 \begin_inset Float figure
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 \begin_inset Tabular
30017 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30018 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30019 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30021 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30041 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30081 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30085 The normal text on the page goes here.
30086 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30088 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30089 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30094 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 \begin_inset Caption
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30184 name "fig:Page-layout"
30188 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30201 \begin_layout Subsection
30205 \begin_layout Standard
30206 To define your header line, add all 3
30207 \begin_inset space ~
30211 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30212 the optional arguments on even pages.
30213 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30215 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30216 Defining the footer line works similar.
30219 \begin_layout Standard
30220 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 \begin_inset space ~
30244 \begin_layout Description
30247 thepage prints the current page number
30250 \begin_layout Description
30253 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30256 \begin_layout Description
30259 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30262 \begin_layout Description
30265 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30266 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30273 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30276 because it usually goes in a left header.
30279 \begin_layout Description
30282 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30283 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30285 It is normally used in the right header.
30288 \begin_layout Subsection
30289 Default header/footer
30292 \begin_layout Standard
30293 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30294 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30295 footer has the page number.
30296 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30297 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30298 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30301 \begin_inset space ~
30309 \begin_layout Subsection
30313 \begin_layout Standard
30314 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30315 Some pages are different.
30316 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30317 a new part or chapter in your book.
30318 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30319 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30320 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30324 Header and footer decoration line
30327 \begin_layout Standard
30328 By default, you get a 0.4
30329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30332 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30333 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30345 in the following scheme:
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30355 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30358 \begin_layout Standard
30359 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30368 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30375 \begin_layout Standard
30376 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30377 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30378 \begin_inset space ~
30382 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30392 Several header/footer lines
30395 \begin_layout Standard
30396 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30397 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30398 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30400 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30412 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30415 \begin_layout Standard
30422 headheight}{height}
30425 \begin_layout Standard
30426 Where height is a size in standard units.
30427 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30428 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30429 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 and look via the button
30448 \begin_inset space ~
30453 if you find a warning of the package
30458 \begin_inset Index idx
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30468 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30469 for your header/footer.
30472 \begin_layout Subsection
30476 \begin_layout Standard
30477 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30478 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30479 This example consists of the following definition:
30482 \begin_layout Description
30484 \begin_inset space ~
30493 , empty optional argument
30496 \begin_layout Description
30498 \begin_inset space ~
30501 Header empty, empty optional argument
30504 \begin_layout Description
30506 \begin_inset space ~
30515 in the optional argument
30518 \begin_layout Description
30520 \begin_inset space ~
30529 in the optional argument
30532 \begin_layout Description
30534 \begin_inset space ~
30546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30550 \begin_inset Newline newline
30554 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30561 in the optional argument
30564 \begin_layout Description
30566 \begin_inset space ~
30575 , empty optional argument
30578 \begin_layout Description
30581 headrulewidth set to 2
30582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30588 \begin_layout Standard
30589 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30591 For more special things like e.
30592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30596 \begin_inset space ~
30599 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30613 \begin_layout Standard
30614 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30620 \begin_layout Standard
30624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30628 pagestyle{headings}
30634 \begin_inset Note Note
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30638 switches back to page style with the default headings
30646 \begin_layout Section
30647 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30650 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30655 \begin_inset Index idx
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30665 \begin_inset Index idx
30668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 \begin_layout Standard
30678 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30679 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30680 to break your train of thought with
30682 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30688 \begin_layout Standard
30689 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30690 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30695 \begin_inset Index idx
30698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30699 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30704 as explained below, and turn on
30707 \begin_inset space ~
30714 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30718 \begin_inset space ~
30722 \begin_inset space ~
30725 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30730 \begin_inset space ~
30735 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30738 \begin_layout Standard
30739 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30741 Previews of an already loaded document are
30745 generated just by selecting the
30748 \begin_inset space ~
30753 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30756 \begin_layout Standard
30757 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30758 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30761 \begin_inset space ~
30766 check box in the insert dialog.
30767 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30771 \begin_layout Standard
30772 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30776 (on some systems named simply
30781 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30789 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30790 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30798 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30802 \begin_layout Standard
30803 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30809 \begin_layout Standard
30810 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30816 \begin_inset space ~
30821 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30822 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30824 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30825 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30826 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30827 the source view window.
30830 \begin_layout Section
30831 Advanced Find and Replace
30832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30834 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30839 \begin_inset Index idx
30842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30849 \begin_inset Index idx
30852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 \begin_layout Subsection
30865 \begin_layout Standard
30866 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30867 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30868 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30869 The key-features are:
30872 \begin_layout Itemize
30873 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30874 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30875 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30879 \begin_layout Itemize
30880 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30881 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30882 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30883 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30886 \begin_layout Itemize
30887 Search may be widened to a specific
30892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30896 \begin_inset space ~
30899 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30900 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30907 \begin_layout Itemize
30908 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30909 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30914 \begin_inset space ~
30917 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30920 \begin_layout Subsection
30924 \begin_layout Standard
30925 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30928 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30941 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30944 ) or the toolbar button
30947 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30953 Advanced Find and Replace
30958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30962 \begin_layout Standard
30967 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30972 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30977 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30978 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30979 Pressing repeatedly
30983 keeps searching forward.
30984 Similarly, pressing
30988 searches for the entered text backwards.
30991 \begin_layout Standard
30992 While searching, the
30996 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31006 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31010 Searching for mathematics
31013 \begin_layout Standard
31014 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31018 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31019 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31022 or also something more complex like
31023 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31027 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31028 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31029 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31030 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31040 \begin_layout Standard
31041 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31042 This is done by switching to the
31046 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31051 This way, entering in the
31058 \begin_layout Itemize
31059 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31060 in emphasized or boldface.
31063 \begin_layout Itemize
31064 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31065 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31066 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31067 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31070 \begin_layout Itemize
31071 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31072 of if only within section headings.
31073 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31074 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31078 \begin_layout Itemize
31079 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31080 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31087 \begin_layout Standard
31088 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31092 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31100 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31104 button or alternatively
31126 \begin_layout Standard
31127 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31128 text segments in your document.
31129 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31133 \begin_layout Itemize
31134 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31135 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31143 with its typewriter version
31146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31156 \begin_layout Itemize
31157 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31163 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31175 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31182 (you may want to enable the
31190 options and disable the
31198 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31206 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31207 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31211 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31214 , or occurrences of
31215 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31219 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31225 \begin_layout Subsection
31229 \begin_layout Standard
31230 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31239 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31248 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31254 This is done via the menu
31256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31257 Insert Regular Expression
31259 while the cursor is in the
31264 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31265 expression matching rules
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31276 \begin_inset space ~
31279 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31280 to match expressions.
31285 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31286 same text in the document.
31287 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31288 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31291 \begin_layout Enumerate
31292 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31297 editor the fraction
31298 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31302 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31305 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31306 fractions with the given denominator.
31309 \begin_layout Enumerate
31310 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31322 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31327 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31328 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31330 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31333 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31334 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31337 \begin_layout Standard
31338 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31339 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31340 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31343 , and referring back to them through
31344 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31348 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31352 For example, try searching for the regexp
31353 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31356 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31359 \begin_layout Standard
31360 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31361 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31362 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31367 \begin_inset space ~
31371 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31374 always refers to the first occurrence of
31375 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31378 in all entered regexps.
31381 \begin_layout Standard
31382 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31386 \begin_layout Section
31388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31390 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31395 \begin_inset Index idx
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31407 \begin_layout Standard
31408 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31411 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31418 or the toolbar button
31421 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31424 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31425 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31426 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31427 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31428 scrolled so that it is visible.
31429 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31430 n, if any could be found.
31431 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31435 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31436 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31439 \begin_layout Standard
31440 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31447 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31448 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31449 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31450 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31451 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31452 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31455 \begin_layout Subsection
31459 \begin_layout Standard
31460 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31463 \begin_inset space ~
31466 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31469 you can set the following things:
31472 \begin_layout Description
31474 \begin_inset space ~
31477 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31478 Depending on your platform,
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31493 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31494 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31509 \begin_layout Description
31511 \begin_inset space ~
31514 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31515 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31518 \begin_layout Description
31520 \begin_inset space ~
31523 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31529 \begin_inset space \space{}
31533 This should normally not be needed.
31536 \begin_layout Description
31538 \begin_inset space ~
31542 \begin_inset space ~
31545 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31557 \begin_layout Description
31559 \begin_inset space ~
31562 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31563 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31564 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31565 in the context menu.
31566 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31570 \begin_layout Description
31572 \begin_inset space ~
31576 \begin_inset space ~
31580 \begin_inset space ~
31583 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31587 \begin_layout Section
31589 \begin_inset Index idx
31592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31601 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31608 \begin_layout Standard
31609 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31610 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31622 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31631 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31632 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31633 are available for many languages.
31636 \begin_layout Standard
31637 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31641 \begin_layout Subsection
31642 Setting up the thesaurus
31645 \begin_layout Standard
31650 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31655 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31660 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31666 en_EN for English).
31667 For instance, the English files are named:
31670 \begin_layout Itemize
31674 \begin_layout Itemize
31678 \begin_layout Standard
31679 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31680 already on your system.
31681 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31682 \begin_inset Flex URL
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31693 \begin_inset Flex URL
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31698 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31709 \begin_inset Flex URL
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31719 are usually packed in extension archives (
31723 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31725 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31726 unpack a zip archive.
31739 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31740 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31742 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31743 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31747 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31750 \begin_layout Subsection
31751 Using the thesaurus
31754 \begin_layout Standard
31755 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31757 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31760 or the toolbar button
31763 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31766 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31768 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31770 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31771 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31772 and hyponyms (such as
31780 ), compounds (such as
31784 ) and antonyms (such as
31792 ), which are marked as such.
31795 \begin_layout Standard
31796 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31797 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31801 \begin_layout Standard
31802 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31803 the dictionary, such as the above
31807 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31812 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31813 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31814 For example looking up the word forms
31822 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31827 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31840 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31841 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31842 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31845 \begin_layout Section
31847 \begin_inset Index idx
31850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 \begin_inset Index idx
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 Document ! Change Tracking
31867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31869 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31876 \begin_layout Standard
31877 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31878 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31879 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31880 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31884 \begin_inset space ~
31887 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31889 \begin_inset space ~
31897 \begin_layout Standard
31898 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31912 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31913 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31916 \begin_inset space ~
31920 \begin_inset space ~
31930 \begin_inset Index idx
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 Color ! Change tracking
31939 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31940 the cursor is in changed text.
31941 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31944 arg "changes-merge"
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31952 \begin_inset Index idx
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31964 \begin_layout Standard
31965 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31971 \begin_layout Standard
31972 \begin_inset Graphics
31973 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31981 \begin_layout Standard
31982 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31988 \begin_layout Standard
31989 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31993 \begin_layout Standard
31994 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32000 \begin_layout Standard
32001 \begin_inset Tabular
32002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32003 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32004 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32005 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 arg "changes-track"
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32031 \begin_inset space ~
32034 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32036 \begin_inset space ~
32045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 arg "changes-output"
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32070 \begin_inset space ~
32073 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32075 \begin_inset space ~
32079 \begin_inset space ~
32083 \begin_inset space ~
32092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 Jumps to the next change
32119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 arg "change-accept"
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32144 \begin_inset space ~
32147 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32149 \begin_inset space ~
32158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32167 arg "change-reject"
32175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32183 \begin_inset space ~
32186 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32188 \begin_inset space ~
32197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 arg "changes-merge"
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32222 \begin_inset space ~
32225 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32227 \begin_inset space ~
32236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 arg "all-changes-accept"
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32261 \begin_inset space ~
32264 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32266 \begin_inset space ~
32270 \begin_inset space ~
32279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 arg "all-changes-reject"
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32304 \begin_inset space ~
32307 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32309 \begin_inset space ~
32313 \begin_inset space ~
32322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32346 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32348 \begin_inset space ~
32357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32382 \begin_inset space ~
32398 \begin_layout Standard
32399 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32405 \begin_layout Standard
32406 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32407 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32408 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32409 the next change after the current cursor position.
32410 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32411 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32412 step to the next change.
32413 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32416 \begin_layout Standard
32417 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32418 to describe a change.
32421 \begin_layout Standard
32422 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32427 \begin_inset Index idx
32430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32437 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32438 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32444 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32447 \begin_layout Section
32448 Comparison of Documents
32449 \begin_inset Index idx
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 Comparison of documents
32461 \begin_layout Standard
32462 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32464 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32468 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32470 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32473 \begin_inset space ~
32477 \begin_inset space ~
32481 \begin_inset space ~
32486 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32491 \begin_inset space ~
32495 \begin_inset space ~
32499 \begin_inset space ~
32503 \begin_inset space ~
32507 \begin_inset space ~
32511 \begin_inset space ~
32516 enables the change tracking option
32519 \begin_inset space ~
32523 \begin_inset space ~
32527 \begin_inset space ~
32532 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32535 \begin_layout Section
32536 International Support
32537 \begin_inset Index idx
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 International support
32549 \begin_layout Standard
32550 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32551 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32552 how to set up LyX to use them:
32553 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32555 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32562 \begin_layout Standard
32563 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32564 \begin_inset space ~
32568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32570 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32577 \begin_layout Subsection
32579 \begin_inset Index idx
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 \begin_inset Index idx
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 Document ! Settings
32599 \begin_inset Index idx
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 Document ! Language
32611 \begin_layout Standard
32614 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32617 dialog lets you set
32619 the language and character encoding for your language.
32623 \begin_layout Standard
32624 Choose your language in the
32628 section of this dialog.
32636 \begin_layout Standard
32641 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32646 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32647 For details about the different encoding options see section
32648 \begin_inset space ~
32652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32654 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32661 \begin_layout Subsection
32662 Keyboard mapping configuration
32663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32665 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32672 \begin_layout Standard
32673 If you have for example a U.
32674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32677 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32678 can use an alternate keymap.
32679 For example, if you have a U.
32680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32683 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32684 use an Italian keymap.
32685 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32687 \begin_inset space ~
32691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32693 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32698 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32699 which one you want to use.
32702 \begin_layout Standard
32703 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32704 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32705 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32706 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32707 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32708 one to support the characters you want.
32709 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32716 \begin_layout Subsection
32720 \begin_layout Standard
32722 \begin_inset space ~
32726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32728 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32737 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32741 \begin_layout Standard
32742 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32743 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32751 \begin_layout Itemize
32752 Even if you have selected
32758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32761 dialog, users who have only the
32765 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32769 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32770 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32771 french quotes won't show up.
32774 \begin_layout Standard
32775 \begin_inset Float table
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 \begin_inset Caption
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32786 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 \begin_inset Tabular
32805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32806 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32818 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32821 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 \begin_layout Standard
37237 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37239 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37240 also the characters from
37252 \begin_layout Itemize
37261 \begin_layout Standard
37262 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37263 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37270 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37271 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37278 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37279 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37286 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37287 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37293 \begin_layout Standard
37295 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37301 \begin_layout Standard
37303 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37309 \begin_layout Standard
37311 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37318 \begin_layout Itemize
37331 \begin_layout Standard
37333 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37339 \begin_layout Standard
37341 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37347 \begin_layout Standard
37349 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37357 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37363 \begin_layout Standard
37365 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37371 \begin_layout Standard
37373 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37381 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37382 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37383 Also make sure you're using the
37390 \begin_layout Chapter
37393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37395 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37402 \begin_layout Standard
37403 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37404 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37405 topic inside the user's guide.
37408 \begin_layout Section
37410 \begin_inset Index idx
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37427 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37430 \begin_layout Subsection
37434 \begin_layout Standard
37435 Creates a new document.
37438 \begin_layout Subsection
37442 \begin_layout Standard
37443 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37444 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37445 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37448 \begin_layout Subsection
37452 \begin_layout Standard
37456 \begin_layout Subsection
37460 \begin_layout Standard
37461 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37462 Click there on a file to open it.
37465 \begin_layout Subsection
37469 \begin_layout Standard
37470 Closes the current document.
37473 \begin_layout Subsection
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37478 Closes all opened documents.
37481 \begin_layout Subsection
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37486 Saves the actual document.
37489 \begin_layout Subsection
37493 \begin_layout Standard
37494 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37497 \begin_layout Subsection
37501 \begin_layout Standard
37502 Saves all opened documents.
37505 \begin_layout Subsection
37509 \begin_layout Standard
37510 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37513 \begin_layout Subsection
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37518 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37519 It is described in the section
37521 Version Control in LyX
37525 Additional Features
37530 \begin_layout Subsection
37534 \begin_layout Standard
37535 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37536 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37537 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37538 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37541 \begin_layout Standard
37542 When using the menu entry
37545 \begin_inset space ~
37550 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37554 \begin_inset space ~
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37563 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37564 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37567 \begin_layout Subsection
37569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37578 \begin_layout Standard
37579 You can export your document to various file formats.
37580 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37581 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37582 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37585 \begin_layout Standard
37586 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37588 \begin_inset space ~
37592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37594 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37601 \begin_layout Description
37607 \begin_inset space ~
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 yX format of the special LyX
37622 \begin_inset space ~
37625 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37626 \begin_inset Newline newline
37629 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37632 \begin_layout Description
37633 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37639 \begin_layout Description
37641 \begin_inset space ~
37644 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37650 \begin_layout Description
37651 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37652 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37653 files paths or file names in your document.
37654 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37661 \begin_layout Description
37662 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37663 paths or file names
37666 \begin_layout Description
37668 \begin_inset space ~
37675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 eX) DVI-format using the program
37686 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37705 \begin_layout Description
37707 \begin_inset space ~
37710 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37714 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37719 \begin_layout Description
37720 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37724 \begin_layout Description
37726 \begin_inset space ~
37730 \begin_inset space ~
37733 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37737 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37745 \begin_layout Description
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 \begin_inset space ~
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37784 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37789 \begin_layout Description
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 \begin_inset space ~
37809 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37810 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37814 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37817 \begin_layout Description
37824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37832 \begin_inset space ~
37837 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37838 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37846 \begin_layout Description
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37861 \begin_inset space ~
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37890 \begin_layout Description
37892 \begin_inset space ~
37896 \begin_inset space ~
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37915 music notation software
37920 \begin_layout Description
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37937 \begin_inset space ~
37941 \begin_inset space ~
37944 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37945 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37949 \begin_layout Description
37956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37966 \begin_inset space ~
37969 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37985 represent the version number)
37988 \begin_layout Description
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38004 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38007 \begin_layout Description
38008 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38013 \begin_layout Description
38014 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38027 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38031 \begin_layout Description
38035 \begin_inset space ~
38040 PDF-format using the program
38044 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38047 \begin_layout Description
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 PDF-format using the program
38071 , produces PDF-files directly
38074 \begin_layout Description
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38083 PDF-format using the program
38087 , produces PDF-files directly
38090 \begin_layout Description
38094 \begin_inset space ~
38099 PDF-format using the program
38103 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38106 \begin_layout Description
38110 \begin_inset space ~
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38126 PDF-format using the program
38130 , produces PDF-files directly
38133 \begin_layout Description
38137 \begin_inset space ~
38145 \begin_layout Description
38149 \begin_inset space ~
38153 \begin_inset space ~
38158 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38159 and then exported as text using the program
38164 \begin_layout Description
38169 PostScript format using the program
38174 \begin_layout Description
38175 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38176 programming language
38189 it is possible to use
38196 \begin_layout Standard
38197 If one of the menu entries
38204 \begin_inset space ~
38213 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38214 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38215 \begin_inset space ~
38219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38221 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38226 \begin_inset Index idx
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38230 Reconfiguration of LyX
38238 \begin_layout Subsection
38242 \begin_layout Standard
38243 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38244 format or send it to a printer.
38245 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38246 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38252 For more information have a look at section
38253 \begin_inset space ~
38257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38259 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38266 \begin_layout Subsection
38270 \begin_layout Standard
38271 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38272 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38273 prefix, see section
38274 \begin_inset space ~
38278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38280 reference "sec:Paths"
38285 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38294 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38295 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38296 \begin_inset space ~
38300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38302 reference "sub:Converters"
38309 \begin_layout Subsection
38310 New and Close Window
38313 \begin_layout Standard
38314 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38317 \begin_layout Subsection
38321 \begin_layout Standard
38322 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38325 \begin_layout Section
38327 \begin_inset Index idx
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38339 \begin_layout Subsection
38343 \begin_layout Standard
38344 Described in section
38345 \begin_inset space ~
38349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38351 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38358 \begin_layout Subsection
38359 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38362 \begin_layout Standard
38363 Described in section
38364 \begin_inset space ~
38368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38370 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38377 \begin_layout Subsection
38381 \begin_layout Standard
38382 Selects the whole document.
38385 \begin_layout Subsection
38386 Find & Replace (Quick)
38389 \begin_layout Standard
38390 Described in section
38391 \begin_inset space ~
38395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38397 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38404 \begin_layout Subsection
38405 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38408 \begin_layout Standard
38409 Described in section
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38416 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38423 \begin_layout Subsection
38424 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38427 \begin_layout Standard
38428 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38432 \begin_layout Subsection
38436 \begin_layout Standard
38437 Described in section
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38444 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38451 \begin_layout Subsection
38453 \begin_inset Index idx
38456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38457 Paragraph ! Settings
38465 \begin_layout Standard
38466 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38467 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38470 \begin_layout Standard
38471 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38472 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38480 \begin_inset space ~
38488 \begin_layout Subsection
38489 Table Settings and Math
38492 \begin_layout Standard
38493 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38495 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38496 The properties of tables are described in section
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38503 reference "sec:Tables"
38507 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38508 \begin_inset space ~
38512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38514 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38521 \begin_layout Subsection
38522 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38525 \begin_layout Standard
38526 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38527 that can be nested.
38528 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38535 reference "sec:Nesting"
38540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38542 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38549 \begin_layout Section
38551 \begin_inset Index idx
38554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 \begin_layout Standard
38568 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38569 document with an external program.
38570 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38571 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38572 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38573 \begin_inset space ~
38577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38579 reference "sub:Export"
38584 You should at least see the menu entries
38591 \begin_inset space ~
38597 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38598 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38599 \begin_inset space ~
38603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38605 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38610 \begin_inset Index idx
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 Reconfiguration of LyX
38622 \begin_layout Standard
38623 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38624 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38625 \begin_inset space ~
38629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38631 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38636 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38639 \begin_layout Standard
38640 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38643 At the bottom of the
38647 menu the opened documents are listed.
38650 \begin_layout Subsection
38651 Open/Close all Insets
38654 \begin_layout Standard
38655 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38658 \begin_layout Subsection
38659 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38662 \begin_layout Standard
38663 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38666 \begin_layout Standard
38667 Math macros are described in the
38674 \begin_layout Subsection
38678 \begin_layout Standard
38679 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38681 \begin_inset space ~
38685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38687 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38694 \begin_layout Subsection
38698 \begin_layout Standard
38699 Opens a window showing console messages.
38700 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38704 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38705 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38708 \begin_layout Subsection
38712 \begin_layout Standard
38713 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38714 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38721 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38725 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38732 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38736 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38737 The default output format is
38740 \begin_inset space ~
38748 \begin_layout Subsection
38749 View (Other Formats)
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38756 \begin_layout Subsection
38760 \begin_layout Standard
38761 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38762 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38763 opening a new viewer window.
38766 \begin_layout Subsection
38767 Update (Other Formats)
38770 \begin_layout Standard
38771 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38772 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38775 \begin_layout Subsection
38776 View Master Document
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38796 \begin_inset space ~
38801 manual for more information on this topic).
38802 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38803 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38808 generates the output of the whole book, while
38812 will just output the chapter alone.
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38817 in the preferences (see sec.
38818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38824 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38828 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38835 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38842 \begin_layout Subsection
38843 Update Master Document
38846 \begin_layout Standard
38847 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38868 manual for more information on this topic).
38869 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38870 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38873 \begin_layout Standard
38874 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38875 in the preferences (see sec.
38876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38882 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38886 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38893 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38900 \begin_layout Subsection
38904 \begin_layout Standard
38905 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38906 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38907 view the same document, but at different positions.
38908 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38909 or more documents at the same time.
38910 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38917 \begin_layout Subsection
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 Closes a split view.
38925 \begin_layout Subsection
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38931 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38932 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38933 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38934 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38937 \begin_layout Subsection
38939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38941 name "sub:Toolbars"
38946 \begin_inset Index idx
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38959 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38960 All toolbars and the
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38968 can be turned on and off.
38973 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38985 \begin_inset space ~
38994 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38998 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39005 \begin_layout Standard
39010 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39014 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39015 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39016 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39017 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39018 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39029 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39036 \begin_layout Section
39038 \begin_inset Index idx
39041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39050 \begin_layout Subsection
39054 \begin_layout Standard
39055 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39056 \begin_inset space ~
39060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39062 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39073 \begin_layout Subsection
39075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39077 name "sub:Special-Character"
39084 \begin_layout Standard
39085 Here you can insert the following characters:
39088 \begin_layout Description
39089 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39090 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39091 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39092 \begin_inset Newline newline
39096 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 Not all characters will be visible in the
39108 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39116 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39120 ) can display every character.
39128 \begin_layout Description
39129 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39133 \begin_layout Description
39135 \begin_inset space ~
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39142 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39143 \begin_inset space ~
39147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39149 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39156 \begin_layout Description
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39161 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39174 \begin_layout Description
39176 \begin_inset space ~
39179 Quote Inserts this quote:
39180 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39186 \begin_layout Description
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39191 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39195 \begin_layout Description
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39200 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39204 \begin_layout Description
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39209 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39213 \begin_layout Description
39215 \begin_inset space ~
39219 \begin_inset Index idx
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39229 \begin_inset Index idx
39232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39233 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39238 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39239 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39240 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39245 \begin_inset Index idx
39248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39249 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39255 \begin_inset Newline newline
39258 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39270 and this Wiki-page:
39271 \begin_inset Newline newline
39275 \begin_inset Flex URL
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39280 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39288 \begin_layout Subsection
39292 \begin_layout Standard
39293 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39296 \begin_layout Description
39297 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39298 \begin_inset script superscript
39300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 \begin_layout Description
39310 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39311 \begin_inset script subscript
39313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39322 \begin_layout Description
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39327 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39328 \begin_inset space ~
39332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39334 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39341 \begin_layout Description
39343 \begin_inset space ~
39346 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39347 \begin_inset space ~
39351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39353 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39360 \begin_layout Description
39362 \begin_inset space ~
39365 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39366 \begin_inset space ~
39370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39372 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39379 \begin_layout Description
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39384 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39385 \begin_inset space ~
39389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39391 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39398 \begin_layout Description
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39403 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39404 \begin_inset space ~
39408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39410 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39417 \begin_layout Description
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39422 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39423 \begin_inset space ~
39427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39429 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39436 \begin_layout Description
39437 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39444 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39451 \begin_layout Description
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39456 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39457 \begin_inset space ~
39461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39463 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39470 \begin_layout Description
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39475 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39476 \begin_inset space ~
39480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39482 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39489 \begin_layout Description
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39498 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39505 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39512 \begin_layout Description
39514 \begin_inset space ~
39517 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39518 text line to the page border, see section
39519 \begin_inset space ~
39523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39525 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39532 \begin_layout Description
39534 \begin_inset space ~
39537 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39538 \begin_inset space ~
39542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39544 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39551 \begin_layout Description
39553 \begin_inset space ~
39556 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39557 text page to the page border, described in section
39558 \begin_inset space ~
39562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39564 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39571 \begin_layout Description
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39576 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39577 \begin_inset space ~
39581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39583 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39590 \begin_layout Description
39592 \begin_inset space ~
39596 \begin_inset space ~
39599 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39600 \begin_inset space ~
39604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39606 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39613 \begin_layout Subsection
39617 \begin_layout Standard
39618 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39619 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39627 reference "sec:toc"
39632 The index list is described in section
39633 \begin_inset space ~
39637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39639 reference "sec:Index"
39643 , the nomenclature in section
39644 \begin_inset space ~
39648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39650 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39654 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39661 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39668 \begin_layout Subsection
39672 \begin_layout Standard
39673 To insert floats, described in section
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39680 reference "sec:Floats"
39687 \begin_layout Subsection
39691 \begin_layout Standard
39692 To insert notes, described in section
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39699 reference "sec:Notes"
39706 \begin_layout Subsection
39710 \begin_layout Standard
39711 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39718 reference "sec:Branches"
39725 \begin_layout Subsection
39729 \begin_layout Standard
39730 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39731 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39733 An example is the document class
39734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39741 with three custom insets.
39744 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39750 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39753 \begin_layout Subsection
39755 \begin_inset Index idx
39758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39767 \begin_layout Standard
39768 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39769 files in your document.
39770 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39785 \begin_layout Subsection
39787 \begin_inset Index idx
39790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39799 \begin_layout Standard
39800 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39807 reference "sec:Minipages"
39812 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_layout Subsection
39831 \begin_layout Standard
39832 Inserts a citation as described in section
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39839 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39846 \begin_layout Subsection
39850 \begin_layout Standard
39851 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39858 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39865 \begin_layout Subsection
39869 \begin_layout Standard
39870 Inserts a label as described in section
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39877 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39884 \begin_layout Subsection
39886 \begin_inset Index idx
39889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39896 \begin_inset Index idx
39899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39900 Longtables ! Caption
39908 \begin_layout Standard
39909 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39910 Floats are described in section
39911 \begin_inset space ~
39915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39917 reference "sec:Floats"
39921 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39936 \begin_layout Subsection
39940 \begin_layout Standard
39941 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39948 reference "sec:Index"
39955 \begin_layout Subsection
39959 \begin_layout Standard
39960 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39967 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39974 \begin_layout Subsection
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39980 Tables are described in section
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39987 reference "sec:Tables"
39994 \begin_layout Subsection
39998 \begin_layout Standard
40000 Graphics are described in section
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40007 reference "sec:Graphics"
40014 \begin_layout Subsection
40018 \begin_layout Standard
40019 Inserts an URL as described in section
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40026 reference "sub:URLs"
40033 \begin_layout Subsection
40037 \begin_layout Standard
40038 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40045 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40052 \begin_layout Subsection
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 Inserts a footnote, see section
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40064 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40071 \begin_layout Subsection
40075 \begin_layout Standard
40076 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40083 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40090 \begin_layout Subsection
40094 \begin_layout Standard
40095 Inserts a short title, see section
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40102 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40109 \begin_layout Subsection
40113 \begin_layout Standard
40114 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40121 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40128 \begin_layout Subsection
40130 \begin_inset Index idx
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40142 \begin_layout Standard
40143 Inserts a program listings box.
40144 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40146 Program Code Listings
40151 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_layout Subsection
40163 \begin_layout Standard
40164 Inserts the actual date.
40165 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40167 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40175 \begin_inset space ~
40183 \begin_layout Section
40185 \begin_inset Index idx
40188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 \begin_layout Standard
40198 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40202 of the current document.
40203 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40206 \begin_layout Subsection
40210 \begin_layout Standard
40211 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40212 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40218 \begin_inset space \space{}
40222 \begin_inset space ~
40226 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40227 \begin_inset space ~
40230 2.5 and use the menu
40233 \begin_inset space ~
40237 \begin_inset space ~
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40254 \begin_inset space ~
40260 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40264 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40270 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40278 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40281 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40285 \begin_layout Standard
40286 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40290 \begin_layout Subsection
40294 \begin_layout Standard
40295 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40296 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40297 on a cross-reference box.
40300 \begin_layout Subsection
40304 \begin_layout Standard
40305 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40306 in the output, see section
40309 \begin_inset space ~
40317 \begin_inset space ~
40322 manual for a detailed description.
40325 \begin_layout Section
40327 \begin_inset Index idx
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40339 \begin_layout Subsection
40343 \begin_layout Standard
40344 Change Tracking is described in section
40345 \begin_inset space ~
40349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40351 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40358 \begin_layout Subsection
40363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40373 \begin_layout Standard
40374 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40376 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40380 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40385 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40388 \begin_layout Subsection
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40394 \begin_inset space ~
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40400 reference "sec:Navigating"
40405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40407 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40414 \begin_layout Subsection
40415 Start Appendix Here
40418 \begin_layout Standard
40419 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40420 position as described in section
40421 \begin_inset space ~
40425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40427 reference "sec:Appendices"
40434 \begin_layout Subsection
40438 \begin_layout Standard
40439 Un/compresses the current document.
40442 \begin_layout Subsection
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40447 The document settings are described in appendix
40448 \begin_inset space ~
40452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40454 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40461 \begin_layout Section
40463 \begin_inset Index idx
40466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40475 \begin_layout Subsection
40479 \begin_layout Standard
40480 Spell checking is explained in section
40481 \begin_inset space ~
40485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40487 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40494 \begin_layout Subsection
40498 \begin_layout Standard
40499 The thesaurus is described in section
40500 \begin_inset space ~
40504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40506 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40513 \begin_layout Subsection
40515 \begin_inset Index idx
40518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40525 \begin_inset Index idx
40528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40537 \begin_layout Standard
40538 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40542 \begin_layout Subsection
40544 \begin_inset Index idx
40547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40556 \begin_layout Standard
40557 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40560 \begin_layout Subsection
40562 \begin_inset Index idx
40565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40566 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40577 Reconfiguration of LyX
40581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 \begin_inset Index idx
40597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 Reconfiguration of LyX
40606 \begin_layout Standard
40607 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40608 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40615 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40622 \begin_layout Subsection
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40634 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40641 \begin_layout Section
40643 \begin_inset Index idx
40646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40655 \begin_layout Standard
40656 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40658 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40661 \begin_layout Standard
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40670 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40671 found by LyX (see also section
40672 \begin_inset space ~
40676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40678 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40685 \begin_layout Section
40687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40689 name "sec:Toolbars"
40696 \begin_layout Standard
40697 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40698 \begin_inset space ~
40702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40704 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40713 This is described in the
40715 Additional Features
40720 \begin_layout Subsection
40722 \begin_inset Index idx
40725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40735 \begin_inset Graphics
40736 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40744 \begin_layout Standard
40745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40752 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 \begin_inset Note Note
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40773 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40778 manual for more information.
40786 \begin_layout Standard
40787 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40793 \begin_layout Standard
40794 \begin_inset Tabular
40795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40796 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 \begin_inset Graphics
40805 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40819 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40832 \begin_layout Standard
40833 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40841 \begin_inset Tabular
40842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40843 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40844 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40845 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40899 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 arg "dialog-show print"
40953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40975 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40989 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41049 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41155 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41169 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41193 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41207 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41208 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41236 Emphasize text, function of the
41238 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41240 \begin_inset space ~
41251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 Set text to noun style, function of the
41274 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41276 \begin_inset space ~
41287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41296 arg "textstyle-apply"
41304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41308 Formats text using the current settings in the
41310 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41312 \begin_inset space ~
41323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41347 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41349 \begin_inset space ~
41358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41395 arg "tabular-insert"
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41425 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 Toggle outline window on/off,
41439 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41455 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41482 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41507 \begin_layout Subsection
41509 \begin_inset Index idx
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41521 \begin_layout Standard
41522 \begin_inset Graphics
41523 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41531 \begin_layout Standard
41532 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41538 \begin_layout Standard
41539 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41543 \begin_layout Standard
41544 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41550 \begin_layout Standard
41551 \begin_inset Tabular
41552 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41553 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41554 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41555 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 arg "layout Enumerate"
41600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41619 arg "layout Itemize"
41627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 arg "layout Description"
41681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 arg "depth-increment"
41708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41716 \begin_inset space ~
41720 \begin_inset space ~
41729 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41738 arg "depth-decrement"
41746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41752 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41758 \begin_inset space ~
41767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 arg "float-insert figure"
41784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41791 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41807 arg "float-insert table"
41815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41822 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41868 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41898 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41944 \begin_inset space ~
41953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 arg "nomencl-insert"
41970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41978 \begin_inset space ~
41987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41996 arg "footnote-insert"
42004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42042 \begin_inset space ~
42051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42075 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42095 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42186 \begin_inset space ~
42195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42204 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42219 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42235 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42250 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42252 \begin_inset space ~
42261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 arg "dialog-show character"
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42286 \begin_inset space ~
42295 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42304 arg "layout-paragraph"
42312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42320 \begin_inset space ~
42329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42366 \begin_layout Subsection
42367 View / Update Toolbar
42368 \begin_inset Index idx
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42372 Toolbar ! View / Update
42380 \begin_layout Standard
42381 \begin_inset Graphics
42382 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42389 \begin_layout Standard
42390 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42396 \begin_layout Standard
42397 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42401 \begin_layout Standard
42402 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42408 \begin_layout Standard
42409 \begin_inset Tabular
42410 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42411 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42412 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42413 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42453 arg "buffer-update"
42461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42467 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42483 arg "master-buffer-view"
42491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42497 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42504 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42513 arg "master-buffer-update"
42521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42547 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42562 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42563 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42564 Synchronize with Output
42570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42575 \begin_inset Graphics
42576 filename ../images/view-others.png
42578 groupId toolbarbuttons
42589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42596 View (Other Formats)
42602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42607 \begin_inset Graphics
42608 filename ../images/update-others.png
42610 groupId toolbarbuttons
42619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42626 Update (Other Formats)
42639 \begin_layout Standard
42640 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42644 \begin_layout Subsection
42648 \begin_layout Standard
42649 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42650 \begin_inset space ~
42654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42656 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42660 , the table toolbar
42661 \begin_inset Index idx
42664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42673 \begin_inset space ~
42678 manual, the math macro toolbar
42679 \begin_inset Index idx
42682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42695 \begin_layout Chapter
42696 The Document Settings
42697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42699 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42704 \begin_inset Index idx
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42708 Document ! Settings
42716 \begin_layout Standard
42717 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42718 whole document and is called with the menu
42720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42724 You can save your document settings as default with th
42726 e Save as Document Defaults
42728 button in the dialog.
42729 This will create a template named
42733 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42737 \begin_layout Standard
42738 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42741 \begin_layout Section
42745 \begin_layout Standard
42746 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42748 Document classes are described in section
42749 \begin_inset space ~
42753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42755 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42760 Some classes use some class options by default.
42761 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42765 and you can decide to use them or not.
42766 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42767 recommended not to touch them.
42772 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42777 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42778 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42784 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42785 \begin_inset Newline newline
42790 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42793 \begin_inset Newline newline
42796 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42801 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42803 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42815 \begin_layout Standard
42816 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42817 child or subdocument.
42818 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42819 without its master.
42820 This way child documents are always compilable.
42821 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42828 \begin_inset space ~
42836 \begin_layout Standard
42837 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42847 \begin_inset Index idx
42850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42851 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42857 \begin_inset Index idx
42860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42861 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42866 for cross-references, see sec.
42867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42873 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42880 \begin_layout Section
42884 \begin_layout Standard
42885 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42886 Please refer to the section
42889 \begin_inset space ~
42897 \begin_inset space ~
42902 manual for details.
42905 \begin_layout Section
42909 \begin_layout Standard
42910 Modules are explained in section
42911 \begin_inset space ~
42915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42917 reference "sub:Modules"
42924 \begin_layout Section
42928 \begin_layout Standard
42930 \begin_inset space ~
42934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42936 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
42943 \begin_layout Section
42947 \begin_layout Standard
42948 The document font settings are described in section
42949 \begin_inset space ~
42953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42955 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42962 \begin_layout Section
42966 \begin_layout Standard
42967 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42969 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42973 \begin_layout Standard
42974 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42975 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42976 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42979 \begin_layout Section
42983 \begin_layout Standard
42984 A description of this menu is given in section
42985 \begin_inset space ~
42989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42991 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42998 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43005 \begin_layout Section
43009 \begin_layout Standard
43010 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43011 \begin_inset space ~
43015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43017 reference "sub:Margins"
43024 \begin_layout Section
43026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43028 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43033 \begin_inset Index idx
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43037 Language ! Encoding
43045 \begin_layout Standard
43046 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43047 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43048 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43049 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43050 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43051 known for a particular character).
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43061 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43066 manual for details.
43074 \begin_layout Standard
43075 If you use the option
43079 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43080 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43081 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43082 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43083 exactly one encoding.
43084 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43087 \begin_layout Standard
43088 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43089 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43090 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43091 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43092 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43093 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43098 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43099 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43100 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43101 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43102 engines to standard LaTeX.
43103 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43104 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43107 \begin_inset space ~
43114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43126 \begin_inset space ~
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43145 \begin_inset space ~
43151 \begin_inset space ~
43155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43157 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43162 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43166 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43169 \begin_layout Standard
43173 \begin_inset space ~
43178 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43188 The possible settings are:
43191 \begin_layout Description
43192 Default is the package
43197 \begin_inset Index idx
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43201 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43209 \begin_layout Description
43210 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43211 format you will use.
43212 For example for the XeTeX formats the package
43217 \begin_inset Index idx
43220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43221 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43226 will be used instead of
43233 \begin_layout Description
43235 \begin_inset space ~
43238 Babel uses in every case
43245 \begin_layout Description
43246 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43247 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43251 (for German texts), type in
43254 \begin_inset Newline newline
43259 usepackage{ngerman}
43262 \begin_layout Description
43263 None will not use a language package.
43264 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43267 \begin_layout Standard
43268 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43271 \begin_layout Description
43273 \begin_inset space ~
43277 \begin_inset space ~
43281 \begin_inset space ~
43288 , but the LaTeX-package
43293 \begin_inset Index idx
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43303 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43304 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43305 languages in TeX code.
43308 \begin_layout Description
43309 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43310 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43311 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43314 \begin_layout Description
43316 \begin_inset space ~
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43323 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43326 \begin_layout Description
43328 \begin_inset space ~
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43335 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43338 \begin_layout Description
43340 \begin_inset space ~
43343 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43346 \begin_layout Description
43348 \begin_inset space ~
43352 \begin_inset space ~
43355 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43356 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43359 \begin_layout Description
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43365 \begin_inset space ~
43368 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43372 \begin_layout Description
43374 \begin_inset space ~
43378 \begin_inset space ~
43381 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43382 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43385 \begin_layout Description
43387 \begin_inset space ~
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43395 \begin_inset space ~
43398 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43399 \begin_inset space ~
43405 \begin_layout Description
43407 \begin_inset space ~
43411 \begin_inset space ~
43415 \begin_inset space ~
43418 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43419 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43422 \begin_layout Description
43424 \begin_inset space ~
43428 \begin_inset space ~
43431 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43432 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43433 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43434 \begin_inset space ~
43438 \begin_inset space ~
43444 \begin_layout Description
43446 \begin_inset space ~
43450 \begin_inset space ~
43453 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43454 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43455 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43456 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43457 \begin_inset space ~
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43467 \begin_layout Description
43469 \begin_inset space ~
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43476 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43479 \begin_layout Description
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43485 \begin_inset space ~
43488 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43491 \begin_layout Description
43493 \begin_inset space ~
43497 \begin_inset space ~
43500 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43503 \begin_layout Description
43505 \begin_inset space ~
43508 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43511 \begin_layout Description
43513 \begin_inset space ~
43516 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43519 \begin_layout Description
43521 \begin_inset space ~
43525 \begin_inset space ~
43528 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43531 \begin_layout Description
43533 \begin_inset space ~
43537 \begin_inset space ~
43543 \begin_layout Description
43545 \begin_inset space ~
43549 \begin_inset space ~
43552 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43555 \begin_layout Description
43557 \begin_inset space ~
43561 \begin_inset space ~
43567 \begin_layout Description
43569 \begin_inset space ~
43573 \begin_inset space ~
43576 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43581 \begin_inset Index idx
43584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43585 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43590 , when using this, set the document language to
43595 \begin_layout Description
43597 \begin_inset space ~
43601 \begin_inset space ~
43604 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43608 , when using this, set the document language to
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43617 \begin_layout Description
43619 \begin_inset space ~
43623 \begin_inset space ~
43626 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43631 \begin_inset Index idx
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43640 , when using this, set the document language to
43645 \begin_layout Description
43647 \begin_inset space ~
43651 \begin_inset space ~
43654 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43658 , when using this, set the document language to
43663 \begin_layout Description
43665 \begin_inset space ~
43669 \begin_inset space ~
43672 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43676 , when using this, set the document language to
43681 \begin_layout Description
43683 \begin_inset space ~
43686 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43689 \begin_layout Description
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43695 \begin_inset space ~
43699 \begin_inset space ~
43702 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43705 \begin_layout Description
43707 \begin_inset space ~
43711 \begin_inset space ~
43715 \begin_inset space ~
43718 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43719 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43720 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43723 \begin_layout Description
43725 \begin_inset space ~
43729 \begin_inset space ~
43735 \begin_layout Description
43737 \begin_inset space ~
43741 \begin_inset space ~
43744 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43745 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43748 \begin_layout Description
43750 \begin_inset space ~
43754 \begin_inset space ~
43757 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43762 \begin_inset Index idx
43765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43766 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43771 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43774 \begin_layout Description
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43780 \begin_inset space ~
43783 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43791 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43796 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43798 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43801 \begin_layout Description
43803 \begin_inset space ~
43807 \begin_inset space ~
43810 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43815 \begin_inset Index idx
43818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43819 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43824 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43827 \begin_layout Description
43829 \begin_inset space ~
43832 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43837 \begin_inset Index idx
43840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43841 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43847 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43851 \begin_layout Description
43853 \begin_inset space ~
43857 \begin_inset space ~
43861 \begin_inset space ~
43864 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43865 \begin_inset space ~
43871 \begin_layout Description
43873 \begin_inset space ~
43877 \begin_inset space ~
43881 \begin_inset space ~
43884 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43885 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43886 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43890 \begin_layout Description
43892 \begin_inset space ~
43896 \begin_inset space ~
43900 \begin_inset space ~
43903 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43904 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43907 \begin_layout Standard
43908 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43912 LatexCommand formatted
43913 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43917 for more information on the language package.
43920 \begin_layout Section
43924 \begin_layout Standard
43925 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43926 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43933 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43940 \begin_layout Section
43944 \begin_layout Standard
43945 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43950 \begin_inset Index idx
43953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43954 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43964 \begin_inset Index idx
43967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43968 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43974 You can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43979 \begin_inset Index idx
43982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43983 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43988 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43990 For a further description see section
43991 \begin_inset space ~
43995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43997 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44004 \begin_layout Section
44008 \begin_layout Standard
44009 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44010 and you can define additional indexes.
44011 Please refer to section
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44018 reference "sec:Index"
44025 \begin_layout Section
44029 \begin_layout Standard
44030 The PDF properties are explained in section
44031 \begin_inset space ~
44035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44037 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44044 \begin_layout Section
44048 \begin_layout Standard
44049 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44054 \begin_inset Index idx
44057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44058 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44068 \begin_inset Index idx
44071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44072 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44078 \begin_inset Index idx
44081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44082 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44092 \begin_inset Index idx
44095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44096 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44101 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44104 \begin_layout Description
44105 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44106 ensure that you have enabled
44109 \begin_inset space ~
44117 \begin_layout Description
44118 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44121 \begin_inset space ~
44133 \begin_layout Description
44134 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44145 \begin_layout Description
44146 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44148 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44157 \begin_layout Section
44161 \begin_layout Standard
44162 The float placement options are described in section
44165 \begin_inset space ~
44173 \begin_inset space ~
44181 \begin_layout Section
44185 \begin_layout Standard
44186 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44188 Program Code Listings
44193 \begin_inset space ~
44201 \begin_layout Section
44205 \begin_layout Standard
44206 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44207 The itemize environment is described in section
44208 \begin_inset space ~
44212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44214 reference "sec:Itemize"
44221 \begin_layout Section
44225 \begin_layout Standard
44226 Branches are described in section
44227 \begin_inset space ~
44231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44233 reference "sec:Branches"
44240 \begin_layout Section
44242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44244 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44251 \begin_layout Standard
44252 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44255 \begin_layout Description
44257 \begin_inset space ~
44261 \begin_inset space ~
44264 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44284 View Master Document
44285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44292 Update Master Document
44293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44300 menu or the toolbar.
44301 The default is set in
44303 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44304 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44313 LatexCommand formatted
44314 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44321 \begin_layout Description
44323 \begin_inset space ~
44327 \begin_inset space ~
44330 Output settings for the menu
44332 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44340 For a detailed description see section
44342 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44347 \begin_inset space ~
44355 \begin_layout Description
44357 \begin_inset space ~
44361 \begin_inset space ~
44364 Options settings for the export format
44372 \begin_inset space ~
44377 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44378 \begin_inset space ~
44381 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44385 \begin_inset space ~
44390 settings are described in detail in section
44392 Math Output in XHTML
44397 \begin_inset space ~
44403 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44406 \begin_layout Section
44411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44421 \begin_layout Standard
44422 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44423 to define LaTeX-commands.
44424 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44425 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44429 \begin_layout Standard
44430 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44431 \begin_inset space ~
44435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44437 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44444 \begin_layout Chapter
44450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44452 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44457 \begin_inset Index idx
44460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44469 \begin_layout Standard
44470 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44472 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44476 It has the following submenus.
44479 \begin_layout Section
44483 \begin_layout Subsection
44487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44488 User Interface File
44489 \begin_inset Index idx
44492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44493 Customization ! of toolbars
44499 \begin_inset Index idx
44502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44503 Customization ! of menus
44511 \begin_layout Standard
44512 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44520 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44529 \begin_layout Standard
44530 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44531 interface (ui) file.
44532 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44533 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44542 Both files are loaded by the
44547 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44548 files and edit the entries.
44551 \begin_layout Standard
44552 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44564 entries must be ended with an explicit
44589 and in the case of the
44590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44602 The syntax for the entries is:
44605 \begin_layout Standard
44606 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44634 \begin_layout Standard
44636 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44639 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44641 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44643 \begin_inset space ~
44651 \begin_layout Standard
44652 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44658 \begin_layout Standard
44659 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44661 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44664 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44668 \begin_layout Standard
44669 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44693 \begin_layout Standard
44695 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44698 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44705 \begin_layout Standard
44708 Enable tool tips in main work area
44710 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44718 \begin_layout Standard
44722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44729 restoring of window layout and geometries
44731 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44732 in the last LyX session.
44735 \begin_layout Standard
44738 Restore cursor positions
44740 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44744 \begin_layout Standard
44747 Load opened files from last session
44749 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44756 name "sub:Backup documents"
44761 \begin_inset Index idx
44764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44773 \begin_layout Standard
44778 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44781 \begin_layout Standard
44786 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44789 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44791 \begin_inset space ~
44799 \begin_layout Standard
44802 Open documents in tabs
44804 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44808 \begin_layout Subsection
44810 \begin_inset Index idx
44813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44822 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44829 \begin_layout Standard
44830 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44833 \begin_layout Standard
44834 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44842 This section only deals with the fonts
44847 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44850 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44851 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44862 \begin_layout Standard
44863 By default, LyX uses
44867 as roman (serif) font,
44875 (depends on the system) as
44878 \begin_inset space ~
44894 \begin_layout Standard
44895 You can change the font size with the
44900 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44901 current LyX session by pressing
44905 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44908 \begin_layout Standard
44913 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44914 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44919 points have the size of 1
44920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44924 \begin_inset space ~
44928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44930 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44937 \begin_layout Standard
44942 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44947 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44948 \begin_inset space ~
44952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44954 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44961 \begin_layout Standard
44964 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44966 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44967 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44968 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44969 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44971 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44972 \begin_inset space ~
44978 \begin_layout Subsection
44980 \begin_inset Index idx
44983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44990 \begin_inset Index idx
44993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45002 \begin_layout Standard
45003 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45004 Choose an item in the list and use the
45011 \begin_layout Subsection
45013 \begin_inset Index idx
45016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45025 \begin_layout Standard
45026 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45029 \begin_layout Standard
45034 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45035 This feature is described in section
45036 \begin_inset space ~
45040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45042 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45049 \begin_layout Standard
45053 \begin_inset space ~
45057 \begin_inset space ~
45061 \begin_inset space ~
45066 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45069 \begin_layout Section
45071 \begin_inset Index idx
45074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45083 \begin_layout Subsection
45087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45091 \begin_layout Standard
45094 Cursor follows scrollbar
45096 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45100 \begin_layout Standard
45101 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
45106 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45107 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45110 \begin_layout Standard
45113 Sort environments alphabetically
45115 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45118 \begin_layout Standard
45121 Group environments by their category
45123 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45126 \begin_layout Standard
45127 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45143 \begin_layout Standard
45144 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45149 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45150 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45154 \begin_layout Subsection
45156 \begin_inset Index idx
45159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45166 \begin_inset Index idx
45169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45170 Settings ! Shortcuts
45178 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45182 \begin_layout Standard
45183 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45184 Several binding files are available:
45187 \begin_layout Description
45188 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45191 \begin_layout Description
45192 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45203 \begin_layout Description
45204 mac.bind set of bindings for
45207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45215 \begin_layout Standard
45216 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45220 , and bind files for special languages.
45221 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45226 \begin_inset space \space{}
45230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45238 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45242 \begin_layout Standard
45243 Some bind-files, like
45247 , have only a small scope.
45248 When looking at the end of the file
45252 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45255 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45259 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45264 \begin_inset Index idx
45267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45268 Key Bindings ! Editing
45276 \begin_layout Standard
45277 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45278 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45279 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45282 Show key-bindings containing
45285 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45286 Insert there for example as keyword
45287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45294 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45304 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45305 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45309 that you will find in the
45316 \begin_layout Standard
45318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45322 \begin_inset space \space{}
45333 , select the function and press the
45338 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45339 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45340 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45341 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45342 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45344 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45346 The binding for the function
45350 is an example of this.
45353 \begin_layout Standard
45354 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45356 The syntax of the entries is:
45359 \begin_layout Standard
45365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45383 \begin_layout Subsection
45385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45387 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45392 \begin_inset Index idx
45395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45402 \begin_inset Index idx
45405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45406 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45414 \begin_layout Standard
45415 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45416 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45422 \begin_inset space \space{}
45425 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45426 can use the keyboard map file named
45433 \begin_layout Standard
45434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45442 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45450 \begin_layout Standard
45451 Besides this, you can specify here the
45453 Wheel scrolling speed
45456 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45460 \begin_layout Subsection
45462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45464 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45469 \begin_inset Index idx
45472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45481 \begin_layout Standard
45482 Input completion is described in sec.
45483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45489 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45494 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45496 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45497 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45501 \begin_layout Section
45503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45510 \begin_inset Index idx
45513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45520 \begin_inset Index idx
45523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45532 \begin_layout Description
45534 \begin_inset space ~
45537 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45538 It is the default when you
45549 \begin_inset space ~
45557 \begin_layout Description
45559 \begin_inset space ~
45562 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45564 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45566 \begin_inset space ~
45570 \begin_inset space ~
45578 \begin_layout Description
45580 \begin_inset space ~
45583 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45589 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45593 \begin_inset Newline newline
45597 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45609 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45617 \begin_layout Description
45619 \begin_inset space ~
45623 \begin_inset Index idx
45626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45632 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45633 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45634 \begin_inset space ~
45638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45640 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45648 will be used to save the backups.
45649 \begin_inset Newline newline
45652 The backup files have the ending
45653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45663 \begin_layout Description
45668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45675 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45676 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45677 \begin_inset Newline newline
45684 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45685 You can edit this file with the program
45694 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45697 \begin_inset space ~
45703 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45708 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45709 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45715 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45716 \begin_inset Newline newline
45720 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45728 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45736 \begin_layout Description
45738 \begin_inset space ~
45741 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45744 \begin_layout Description
45746 \begin_inset space ~
45749 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45750 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45751 to find it on the system.
45752 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45753 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45762 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45763 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45767 \begin_layout Section
45771 \begin_layout Standard
45772 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45773 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45775 \begin_inset space ~
45779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45781 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45785 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45788 \begin_layout Section
45790 \begin_inset Index idx
45793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45794 Language ! Settings
45800 \begin_inset Index idx
45803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45804 Settings ! Language
45812 \begin_layout Subsection
45814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45816 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45823 \begin_layout Description
45825 \begin_inset space ~
45829 \begin_inset space ~
45832 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45833 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45834 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45835 You find the actual translation status here:
45836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45838 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45839 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45846 \begin_layout Description
45848 \begin_inset space ~
45851 language is the language used in new documents
45854 \begin_layout Description
45856 \begin_inset space ~
45859 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45861 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45862 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45879 The most widespread language package is
45884 \begin_inset Index idx
45887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45888 LaTeX-packages ! babel
45893 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45894 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45895 with the alternative language package
45900 \begin_inset Index idx
45903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45904 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
45909 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45910 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45912 The available selections are described in sec.
45913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45919 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
45926 \begin_layout Description
45928 \begin_inset space ~
45932 \begin_inset space ~
45935 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45939 \begin_layout Description
45941 \begin_inset space ~
45944 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45945 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45946 An example is the start command
45952 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45972 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45977 \begin_layout Description
45979 \begin_inset space ~
45987 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45988 command toggles the package on and off.
45991 \begin_layout Description
45993 \begin_inset space ~
45997 \begin_inset space ~
46000 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46001 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46002 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46003 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46010 \begin_layout Description
46012 \begin_inset space ~
46015 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46017 When this option is not set, the
46020 \begin_inset space ~
46025 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46026 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46029 \begin_inset space ~
46037 \begin_layout Description
46039 \begin_inset space ~
46045 \begin_inset space ~
46051 When it is not set, the
46054 \begin_inset space ~
46059 is set to the end of the document.
46062 \begin_layout Description
46064 \begin_inset space ~
46068 \begin_inset space ~
46071 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46072 language will be underlined blue.
46075 \begin_layout Description
46077 \begin_inset space ~
46081 \begin_inset space ~
46084 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46085 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46088 \begin_layout Description
46090 \begin_inset space ~
46093 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46094 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46095 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46096 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46099 \begin_layout Subsection
46103 \begin_layout Standard
46104 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46105 \begin_inset space ~
46109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46111 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46118 \begin_layout Section
46122 \begin_layout Subsection
46124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46131 \begin_inset Index idx
46134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46141 \begin_inset Index idx
46144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46153 \begin_layout Description
46155 \begin_inset space ~
46158 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46159 The name will be used when the
46164 \begin_inset Newline newline
46168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46176 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46184 \begin_layout Description
46186 \begin_inset space ~
46189 command is the command LyX
46190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46197 LaTeX uses for printing.
46198 The default is on most systems
46205 \begin_layout Description
46207 \begin_inset space ~
46211 \begin_inset space ~
46214 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46215 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46216 of the program that provides the
46223 \begin_layout Description
46225 \begin_inset space ~
46229 \begin_inset space ~
46233 \begin_inset space ~
46236 printer This option works only for the
46241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46253 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46254 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46257 \begin_layout Subsection
46259 \begin_inset Index idx
46262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46269 \begin_inset Index idx
46272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46273 Settings ! Date format
46281 \begin_layout Standard
46282 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46283 \begin_inset Newline newline
46287 \begin_inset Flex URL
46290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46292 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46298 \begin_inset Newline newline
46301 For example the format
46302 \begin_inset Newline newline
46306 \begin_inset Newline newline
46309 prints the date as day/month/year.
46312 \begin_layout Subsection
46316 \begin_layout Description
46318 \begin_inset space ~
46322 \begin_inset space ~
46325 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46328 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46329 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46331 \begin_inset space ~
46337 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46341 \begin_layout Description
46343 \begin_inset space ~
46346 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46351 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46352 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46355 \begin_layout Subsection
46360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46370 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46375 \begin_inset Index idx
46378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46387 \begin_layout Description
46389 \begin_inset space ~
46396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 \begin_inset space ~
46408 \begin_inset space ~
46411 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46416 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46438 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46451 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46452 LyX sets up in the background.
46453 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46456 \begin_layout Description
46458 \begin_inset space ~
46462 \begin_inset space ~
46465 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46470 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46473 \begin_layout Standard
46474 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46475 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46476 manuals of the applications.
46477 Currently the following commands can be set:
46480 \begin_layout Description
46485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46493 \begin_inset space ~
46496 command Command for the program
46500 that is described in the section
46506 Additional Features
46511 \begin_layout Description
46516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46524 \begin_inset space ~
46527 command Command for the program
46531 that generates the bibliography, see section
46532 \begin_inset space ~
46536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46538 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46545 \begin_layout Description
46547 \begin_inset space ~
46550 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46551 \begin_inset space ~
46555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46557 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46564 \begin_layout Description
46566 \begin_inset space ~
46569 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46570 \begin_inset space ~
46574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46576 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46583 \begin_layout Description
46585 \begin_inset space ~
46589 \begin_inset space ~
46593 \begin_inset space ~
46597 \begin_inset space ~
46600 options They only have an effect when the program
46604 is used as DVI-viewer.
46607 \begin_layout Standard
46608 There are additionally the following options:
46611 \begin_layout Description
46613 \begin_inset space ~
46617 \begin_inset space ~
46621 \begin_inset space ~
46625 \begin_inset space ~
46629 \begin_inset space ~
46632 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46650 to separate folders.
46651 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46652 \begin_inset Index idx
46655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46662 \begin_inset Index idx
46665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46674 \begin_layout Description
46676 \begin_inset space ~
46680 \begin_inset space ~
46684 \begin_inset space ~
46688 \begin_inset space ~
46692 \begin_inset space ~
46696 \begin_inset space ~
46699 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46704 dialog when changing the document class.
46707 \begin_layout Section
46709 \begin_inset space ~
46713 \begin_inset Index idx
46716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46725 \begin_layout Subsection
46727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46729 name "sub:Converters"
46734 \begin_inset Index idx
46737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46746 \begin_layout Standard
46747 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46748 from one format to another.
46749 You can modify them or create new ones.
46750 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46757 \begin_inset space ~
46767 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46771 \begin_inset space ~
46776 drop-down list, modify the
46780 field, and press the
46787 \begin_layout Standard
46790 Converter File Cache
46792 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46795 Maximum Age (in days
46798 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46799 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46802 \begin_layout Standard
46803 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46804 the converter definition, is described in the section
46815 \begin_layout Subsection
46817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46819 name "sec:File-Formats"
46824 \begin_inset Index idx
46827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46834 \begin_inset Index idx
46837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46846 \begin_layout Standard
46847 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46848 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46852 \begin_layout Standard
46853 Furthermore, you can define the
46854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46857 Default output format
46858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46861 that is used when you hit
46862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46881 View Master Document
46882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46889 Update Master Document
46890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46893 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46896 \begin_layout Standard
46897 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46898 is described in the section
46909 \begin_layout Standard
46910 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46911 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46912 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46913 This is done by specifying a
46918 More about this is described in the section
46929 \begin_layout Chapter
46930 Units available in LyX
46931 \begin_inset Index idx
46934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46943 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46950 \begin_layout Standard
46951 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46954 reference "cap:Units"
46958 explains all units available in LyX.
46961 \begin_layout Standard
46962 \begin_inset Float table
46968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46969 \begin_inset Caption
46971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46987 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46995 \begin_inset Tabular
46996 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46997 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47150 scaled point (65536
47151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47211 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47266 % of original image width
47273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47480 \begin_layout Chapter
47482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47491 \begin_layout Standard
47492 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47493 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47496 \begin_layout Itemize
47499 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47502 \begin_layout Itemize
47508 \begin_layout Itemize
47514 \begin_layout Itemize
47520 \begin_layout Itemize
47526 \begin_layout Itemize
47532 \begin_layout Itemize
47538 \begin_layout Itemize
47544 \begin_layout Itemize
47547 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47550 \begin_layout Itemize
47556 \begin_layout Itemize
47562 \begin_layout Itemize
47568 \begin_layout Itemize
47574 \begin_layout Itemize
47580 \begin_layout Itemize
47586 \begin_layout Itemize
47592 \begin_layout Itemize
47598 \begin_layout Itemize
47600 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47609 \begin_layout Standard
47610 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47613 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47620 \begin_layout Bibliography
47621 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47622 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47623 LatexCommand bibitem
47630 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47633 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47638 \begin_inset Newline newline
47642 \begin_inset Flex URL
47645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47647 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47655 \begin_layout Bibliography
47656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47658 LatexCommand bibitem
47659 key "latexcompanion"
47663 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47665 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47668 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47671 \begin_layout Bibliography
47672 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47674 LatexCommand bibitem
47679 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47682 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47685 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47688 \begin_layout Bibliography
47689 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47691 LatexCommand bibitem
47698 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47701 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47704 \begin_layout Bibliography
47705 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47706 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47707 LatexCommand bibitem
47719 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47722 \begin_layout Bibliography
47723 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47725 LatexCommand bibitem
47731 \begin_inset Newline newline
47735 \begin_inset Flex URL
47738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47740 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47748 \begin_layout Bibliography
47749 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47750 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47751 LatexCommand bibitem
47757 \begin_inset Newline newline
47761 \begin_inset Flex URL
47764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47766 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47774 \begin_layout Bibliography
47775 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47776 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47777 LatexCommand bibitem
47783 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47785 name "Documentation"
47786 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47795 \begin_inset Newline newline
47799 \begin_inset Flex URL
47802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47804 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47812 \begin_layout Bibliography
47813 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47814 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47815 LatexCommand bibitem
47821 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47823 name "Documentation"
47824 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47828 how to use the program
47833 \begin_inset Newline newline
47837 \begin_inset Flex URL
47840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47842 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47850 \begin_layout Bibliography
47851 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47852 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47853 LatexCommand bibitem
47859 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47861 name "Documentation"
47862 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47871 \begin_inset Newline newline
47875 \begin_inset Flex URL
47878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47880 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47888 \begin_layout Bibliography
47889 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47890 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47891 LatexCommand bibitem
47897 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47899 name "Documentation"
47900 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47909 \begin_inset Newline newline
47913 \begin_inset Flex URL
47916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47918 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47926 \begin_layout Bibliography
47927 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47928 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47929 LatexCommand bibitem
47935 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47937 name "Documentation"
47938 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47942 of the LaTeX-package
47947 \begin_inset Index idx
47950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47957 \begin_inset Newline newline
47961 \begin_inset Flex URL
47964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47966 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47974 \begin_layout Bibliography
47975 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47976 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47977 LatexCommand bibitem
47983 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47985 name "Documentation"
47986 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47990 of the LaTeX-package
47995 \begin_inset Index idx
47998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47999 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48005 \begin_inset Newline newline
48009 \begin_inset Flex URL
48012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48014 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48022 \begin_layout Bibliography
48023 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48024 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48025 LatexCommand bibitem
48031 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48033 name "Documentation"
48034 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48038 of the LaTeX-package
48043 \begin_inset Index idx
48046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48047 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48053 \begin_inset Newline newline
48057 \begin_inset Flex URL
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48062 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48070 \begin_layout Bibliography
48071 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48072 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48073 LatexCommand bibitem
48081 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48083 name "Documentation"
48084 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48090 of the LaTeX-package
48095 \begin_inset Index idx
48098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48099 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48105 \begin_inset Newline newline
48109 \begin_inset Flex URL
48112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48114 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48122 \begin_layout Bibliography
48123 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48124 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48125 LatexCommand bibitem
48131 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48133 name "Documentation"
48134 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48138 of the LaTeX-package
48143 \begin_inset Index idx
48146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48147 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48153 \begin_inset Newline newline
48157 \begin_inset Flex URL
48160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48162 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48170 \begin_layout Bibliography
48171 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48172 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48173 LatexCommand bibitem
48179 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48181 name "Documentation"
48182 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48186 of the LaTeX-package
48191 \begin_inset Index idx
48194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48195 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
48201 \begin_inset Newline newline
48205 \begin_inset Flex URL
48208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48210 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48218 \begin_layout Bibliography
48219 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48220 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48221 LatexCommand bibitem
48227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48229 name "Documentation"
48230 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48234 of the LaTeX-package
48239 \begin_inset Index idx
48242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48243 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48249 \begin_inset Newline newline
48253 \begin_inset Flex URL
48256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48258 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48266 \begin_layout Bibliography
48267 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48269 LatexCommand bibitem
48275 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48277 name "Documentation"
48278 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48282 of the LaTeX-package
48287 \begin_inset Index idx
48290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48291 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48297 \begin_inset Newline newline
48301 \begin_inset Flex URL
48304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48306 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48314 \begin_layout Bibliography
48315 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48316 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48317 LatexCommand bibitem
48323 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48326 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48330 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48331 \begin_inset Newline newline
48335 \begin_inset Flex URL
48338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48340 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48348 \begin_layout Bibliography
48349 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48351 LatexCommand bibitem
48357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48360 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48364 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48365 \begin_inset Newline newline
48369 \begin_inset Flex URL
48372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48374 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48382 \begin_layout Bibliography
48383 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48384 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48385 LatexCommand bibitem
48391 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48394 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48398 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48399 \begin_inset Newline newline
48403 \begin_inset Flex URL
48406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48408 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48416 \begin_layout Bibliography
48417 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48418 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48419 LatexCommand bibitem
48425 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48428 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48432 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48433 \begin_inset Newline newline
48437 \begin_inset Flex URL
48440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48442 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48450 \begin_layout Bibliography
48451 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48452 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48453 LatexCommand bibitem
48459 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48462 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48466 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48467 \begin_inset Newline newline
48471 \begin_inset Flex URL
48474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48476 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48484 \begin_layout Bibliography
48485 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48486 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48487 LatexCommand bibitem
48493 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48496 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48500 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48501 \begin_inset Newline newline
48505 \begin_inset Flex URL
48508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48510 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48518 \begin_layout Bibliography
48519 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48520 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48521 LatexCommand bibitem
48527 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48530 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48534 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48535 \begin_inset Newline newline
48539 \begin_inset Flex URL
48542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48544 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48552 \begin_layout Bibliography
48553 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48554 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48555 LatexCommand bibitem
48561 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48564 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48568 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48569 \begin_inset Newline newline
48573 \begin_inset Flex URL
48576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48578 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48586 \begin_layout Bibliography
48587 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48588 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48589 LatexCommand bibitem
48595 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48598 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48602 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48603 \begin_inset Newline newline
48607 \begin_inset Flex URL
48610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48612 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48620 \begin_layout Bibliography
48621 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48622 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48623 LatexCommand bibitem
48629 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48632 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48636 about new features in
48641 \begin_inset Newline newline
48645 \begin_inset Flex URL
48648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48650 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48658 \begin_layout Standard
48659 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48693 \begin_inset Note Note
48696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48703 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48704 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48705 bibliography is the second one:
48713 \begin_layout Standard
48714 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48715 LatexCommand bibtex
48716 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48717 options "biblio/alphadin"
48724 \begin_layout Standard
48725 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48728 \begin_layout Standard
48729 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48730 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48736 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48737 LatexCommand printindex